summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-21 21:15:03 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-21 21:15:03 -0800
commit4189eb0bd382d9869ae8daf73421ce0552a70b84 (patch)
tree8ece074f8e7fb5acdd95a805221dd61a76488e92
parentec62472c1e6e06222f0796a68f02e6794bf98d47 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/68130-0.txt3014
-rw-r--r--old/68130-0.zipbin53639 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h.zipbin1587526 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/68130-h.htm3981
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/cover.jpgbin348991 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure1.jpgbin75888 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure10.jpgbin91258 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure11.jpgbin51844 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure12.jpgbin76616 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure13-14.jpgbin38414 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure15-16.jpgbin40371 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure17.jpgbin94519 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure2.jpgbin86514 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure3.jpgbin76460 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure4.jpgbin52492 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure5.jpgbin43394 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure6.jpgbin49326 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure7.jpgbin100195 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure8.jpgbin70920 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/figure9.jpgbin134501 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/inline1.jpgbin1712 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/inline2.jpgbin1899 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/inline3.jpgbin1624 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/inline4.jpgbin1631 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/inline5.jpgbin1886 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/inline6.jpgbin1657 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/remingtonad-1.jpgbin54002 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/remingtonad-2.jpgbin11171 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/68130-h/images/wakeanddeanad.jpgbin35735 -> 0 bytes
32 files changed, 17 insertions, 6995 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..039b80c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #68130 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/68130)
diff --git a/old/68130-0.txt b/old/68130-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4dd2c7e..0000000
--- a/old/68130-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3014 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of A handbook of library appliances, by
-James D. Brown
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: A handbook of library appliances
- The technical equipment of libraries: fittings, furniture,
- charging systems, forms, recipes, etc.
-
-Author: James D. Brown
-
-Editors: J. Y. W. MacAlister
- Thomas Mason
-
-Release Date: May 19, 2022 [eBook #68130]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: Charlene Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading
- Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from
- images generously made available by The Internet
- Archive/Canadian Libraries)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HANDBOOK OF LIBRARY
-APPLIANCES ***
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Library Association of the United Kingdom.
-
-
-This Association was founded on 5th October, 1877, at the conclusion
-of the International Conference of Librarians held at the London
-Institution, under the presidency of the late Mr. J. Winter Jones, then
-principal librarian of the British Museum.
-
-Its objects are: (_a_) to encourage and aid by every means in its power
-the establishment of new libraries; (_b_) to endeavour to secure better
-legislation for rate-supported libraries; (_c_) to unite all persons
-engaged or interested in library work, for the purpose of promoting
-the best possible administration of libraries; and (_d_) to encourage
-bibliographical research.
-
-The Association has, by the invitation of the Local Authorities, held its
-Annual Meetings in the following towns: Oxford, Manchester, Edinburgh,
-London, Cambridge, Liverpool, Dublin, Plymouth, Birmingham, Glasgow,
-Reading, Nottingham, and Paris.
-
-The Annual Subscription is ONE GUINEA, payable in advance, on 1st
-January. The Life Subscription is FIFTEEN GUINEAS. _Any person actually
-engaged in library administration may become a member, without election,
-on payment of the Subscription to the Treasurer._ Any person not so
-engaged may be elected at the Monthly or Annual Meetings. Library
-Assistants, approved by the Council, are admitted on payment of a
-Subscription of HALF-A-GUINEA.
-
-The official organ of the Association is _The Library_, which is issued
-monthly and sent free to members. Other publications of the Association
-are the _Transactions and Proceedings_ of the various Annual Meetings,
-_The Library Chronicle_, 1884-1888, 5 vols., and _The Library Association
-Year-Book_ (price one shilling), in which will be found full particulars
-of the work accomplished by the Association in various departments.
-
-A small Museum of Library Appliances has been opened in the Clerkenwell
-Public Library, Skinner Street, London, E.C., and will be shown to
-any one interested in library administration. It contains Specimens
-of Apparatus, Catalogues, Forms, &c., and is the nucleus of a larger
-collection contemplated by the Association.
-
-All communications connected with the Association should be addressed
-to Mr. J. Y. W. MACALISTER, 20 Hanover Square, London, W. Subscriptions
-should be paid to Mr. H. R. TEDDER, Hon. Treasurer, Athenæum Club, Pall
-Mall, London, W.
-
-
-COTGREAVE’S LIBRARY INDICATOR.
-
-_This Invention is now in use in some 200 Public Libraries (30 in London
-and Suburbs), and has everywhere given great satisfaction. The following
-is a brief summary of its more useful features_:
-
-=1.= Show at a glance both to borrower and Librarian the books or
-magazines in or out. Also the titles can be shown to the borrower if
-desired. =2.= Who has any book that is out, and how long it has been out.
-=3.= The names of every borrower that has had any book since it was added
-to the Library. =4.= The dates of accession, binding, or replacement
-of any book. =5.= The title, author, number of volumes, and date of
-publication. =6.= The book any individual has out, and every book he has
-had out since joining the library. =7.= If a borrower’s ticket has been
-misplaced in the indicator, it will instantly denote, if referred to,
-the exact number where such ticket will be found. =8.= It will show at
-a glance by a colour arrangement the number of books issued each day or
-week, and consequently which are overdue. =9.= Stocktaking can be carried
-out in one quarter of the time usually required, and without calling
-the books in. =10.= Wherever it has been adopted the cost of labour and
-losses of books have been very greatly reduced, so much so that in a very
-short time it has recouped the cost of purchase. Thus all book-keeping or
-other record may be entirely dispensed with.
-
- SOLE AGENT AND MANUFACTURER:
- W. MORGAN, 21 CANNON STREET, BIRMINGHAM.
-
-
-Cotgreave’s Rack for Periodicals and Magazines.
-
-_This design is now used in a large number of Libraries and Reading Rooms
-with great advantage. Periodicals of any size can be kept alphabetically
-arranged either in covers or without. There are no clips, springs, or
-other mechanical fittings, but everything is as simple as can be._
-
- MANUFACTURER:
- WAKE & DEAN, 111 LONDON ROAD, LONDON, S.E.
-
-
-Cotgreave’s Solid Leather Covers for Periodicals.
-
-_These covers are made of solid leather and will last longer than a dozen
-of any other material. Several Libraries have had them in use for a dozen
-years or more, without any appearance of wear._
-
- MANUFACTURER:
- W. MORGAN, 21 CANNON STREET, BIRMINGHAM.
-
-N.B. Any special information required may be obtained from the inventor,
-A. COTGREAVE, Public Libraries, West Ham, London, E.
-
-
-[Illustration: REMINGTON STANDARD TYPEWRITER.]
-
-[Illustration: CONTRACTORS TO H. M. GOVERNMENT]
-
-Used and endorsed as the best everywhere. The following is one of the
-strongest testimonials which could possibly be received:—
-
-AMERICAN NEWSPAPER PUBLISHERS’ ASSOCIATION.
-
-OFFICERS:
-
- President, JAMES W. SCOTT—Chicago Herald.
- Vice-President, E. H. WOODS—Boston Herald.
- Secretary and Treasurer, L. L. MORGAN—New Haven Register.
-
-EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE:
-
- W. C. BRYANT—Brooklyn Times.
- C. W. KNAPP—St. Louis Republic.
- J. A. BUTLER—Buffalo News.
- M. A. McRAE—Cincinnati Post and St. Louis Chronicle.
- A. S. PEASE—Woonsocket Reporter.
-
-Address all communications to the Secretary, care NEW YORK OFFICE, 206
-POTTER BUILDING.
-
- To the Members of the American Newspaper Publishers’ Association.
-
- NEW YORK, MAY 11, 1892.
-
- GENTLEMEN,
-
- The undersigned, a committee appointed by the President to
- investigate into the merits of the various typewriting machines
- with a view to the adoption of some machine for the use of
- members of this association, respectfully report that in their
- judgment, all things having been considered, the “Remington”
- is the machine which they would recommend for adoption,
- believing that in its superiority of design and excellence
- of workmanship, its great simplicity, durability and easy
- manipulation, it is more desirable for use in newspaper offices
- than any other. In addition, the fact that it is understood and
- operated by a great many thousands of young men and women, that
- the use of it is being taught not only in the public schools,
- but in commercial schools and colleges throughout the land,
- and, its being generally referred to as the standard: the large
- number of offices which the company have scattered throughout
- the country, making it easy to have repairs made at the least
- expense, have all had some effect in basing their judgment.
-
- L. L. MORGAN, J. S. SEYMOUR, W. C. BRYANT.
-
- WRITE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION:
- WYCKOFF, SEAMANS _AND_ BENEDICT,
- 100 Gracechurch St., London, E.C.
-
-
-
-
- Library Association Series
-
- EDITED BY THE HON. SECRETARIES OF THE ASSOCIATION
-
- No. 1.
-
- LIBRARY APPLIANCES
-
- BY
- JAMES D. BROWN
-
- THE ABERDEEN UNIVERSITY PRESS.
-
-
-
-
- The Library Association Series
-
- EDITED BY J. Y. W. MACALISTER AND THOMAS MASON
- HON. SECRETARIES OF THE ASSOCIATION
-
- No. 1.
-
- A HANDBOOK OF
- LIBRARY APPLIANCES:
-
- THE
- TECHNICAL EQUIPMENT OF LIBRARIES:
- FITTINGS, FURNITURE, CHARGING SYSTEMS, FORMS, RECIPES
- &c.
-
- BY
- JAMES D. BROWN
- CLERKENWELL PUBLIC LIBRARY, LONDON
-
- PUBLISHED FOR THE ASSOCIATION BY DAVID STOTT
- 370 OXFORD STREET, W.
- LONDON
- 1892
-
- _PRICE ONE SHILLING NET_
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE.
-
-
-The Council of the Library Association have arranged for the issue of
-a series of Handbooks on the various departments of Library work and
-management. Each Handbook has been entrusted to an acknowledged expert
-in the subject with which he will deal—and will contain the fullest and
-latest information that can be obtained.
-
-Every branch of library work and method will be dealt with in detail, and
-the series will include a digest of Public Library Law and an account
-of the origin and growth of the Public Library Movement in the United
-Kingdom.
-
-The comprehensive thoroughness of the one now issued is, the Editors
-feel, an earnest of the quality of the whole series. To mere amateurs,
-it may appear that it deals at needless length with matters that are
-perfectly familiar; but it is just this kind of thing that is really
-wanted by the people for whom Mr. Brown’s Handbook is intended. It seems
-a simple matter to order a gross of chairs for a library; but only
-experience teaches those little points about their construction which
-make so much difference as regards economy and comfort.
-
-With this Handbook in their possession, a new committee, the members of
-which may never have seen the inside of a public library, may furnish
-and equip the institution under their charge as effectively as if an
-experienced library manager had lent his aid.
-
-The second issue of the series will be on “Staff,” by Mr. Peter Cowell,
-Chief Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Libraries.
-
- THE EDITORS.
-
-LONDON, _August, 1892_.
-
-
-
-
-LIBRARY APPLIANCES.
-
-THE TECHNICAL EQUIPMENT OF LIBRARIES, INCLUDING FITTINGS AND FURNITURE,
-RECORDS, FORMS, RECIPES, &c.
-
-BY JAMES D. BROWN, LIBRARIAN, CLERKENWELL PUBLIC LIBRARY, LONDON.
-
-
-This Handbook bears some analogy to the division “miscellaneous” usually
-found in most library classifications. It is in some respects, perhaps,
-more exposed to the action of heterogeneity than even that refuge of
-doubt “polygraphy,” as “miscellaneous” is sometimes seen disguised;
-but the fact of its limits being so ill-defined gives ample scope for
-comprehensiveness, while affording not a little security to the compiler,
-should it be necessary to deprecate blame on the score of omissions or
-other faults. There is, unfortunately, no single comprehensive word or
-phrase which can be used to distinguish the special sort of library
-apparatus here described—“appliances” being at once too restricted or
-too wide, according to the standpoint adopted. Indeed there are certain
-bibliothecal sophists who maintain that anything is a library appliance,
-especially the librarian himself; while others will have it that, when
-the paste-pot and scissors are included, the appliances of a library
-have been named. To neither extreme will this tend, but attention
-will be strictly confined to the machinery and implements wherewith
-libraries, public and other, are successfully conducted. It would be
-utterly impossible, were it desirable, to describe, or even mention,
-every variety of fitting or appliance which ingenuity and the craving
-for change have introduced, and the endeavour shall be accordingly to
-notice the more generally established apparatus, and their more important
-modifications. It is almost needless to point out that very many of the
-different methods of accomplishing the same thing, hereinafter described,
-result from similar causes to those which led in former times to such
-serious political complications in the kingdom of Liliput. There are
-several ways of getting into an egg, and many ways of achieving one end
-in library affairs, and the very diversity of these methods shows that
-thought is active and improvement possible. As Butler has it—
-
- “Opiniators naturally differ
- From other men: as wooden legs are stiffer
- Than those of pliant joints, to yield and bow,
- Which way soe’er they are design’d to go”.
-
-Hence it happens that all library appliances are subject to the happy
-influences of disagreement, which, in course of time, leads to entire
-changes of method and a general broadening of view. Many of these
-differences arise from local conditions, or have their existence
-in experiment and the modification of older ideas, so that actual
-homogeneity in any series of the appliances described in this Handbook
-must not be expected. It will be sufficient if the young librarian finds
-enough of suggestion and information to enable him to devise a system of
-library management in its minor details which shall be consistent and
-useful.
-
-
-FITTINGS AND FURNITURE.
-
-To some extent the arrangement of fittings and furniture will be dealt
-with in the Handbook on Buildings, so that it will only be necessary here
-to consider their construction, variety, and uses.
-
-
-BOOK-CASES, SHELVES, &c.
-
-Standard cases or presses, designed for what is called the “stack”
-system of arrangement, are constructed with shelves on both sides, and
-are intended to stand by themselves on the floor. They are without doors
-or glass fronts, and their dimensions must be decided entirely by the
-requirements of each library and the class of books they are to contain.
-For ordinary lending libraries a very convenient double case with ten
-shelves of books to the tier can be made about 9 feet 6 inches wide × 8
-feet 6 inches high, including cornice and plinth × 18 inches deep—the
-depth of the shelves being about 9 inches, their length 3 feet, and their
-thickness, as finished, not less than ¾″ nor more than 1 inch. Such a
-case will hold about 1800 volumes in 8vo and 12mo sizes, and the top
-shelf can be reached by a middle-sized person from a step or stool 12
-inches high. Lower cases should be provided if rapidity of service is
-particularly required and there is plenty of floor space to carry the
-stock. The top shelf of a case 7 feet high, including cornice and plinth,
-can be reached from the floor by any one of ordinary height, small boys
-and girls of course excluded. These cases are made with middle partitions
-between the backs of the shelves, though some librarians prefer a simple
-framework of uprights, cornice, and plinth. For the sake of security and
-the necessary rigidity a central partition ought to be included, and if
-this is formed of thin ¼″ boarding, double and crossing diagonally, with
-a strong iron strap between screwed tight into the outer uprights, all
-tendency to bulging will be obviated, and the cases will be firm and
-workmanlike. The skeleton or framework cases have to be stayed in all
-directions by iron rods and squares fixed in the floor, and, when empty,
-look very unsightly and rickety; besides, books get pushed or tumble
-over on to the adjoining shelf, and the plea of ventilation, which is
-practically the only recommendation for this plan of construction, loses
-much of its weight in a lending library where most of the books are in
-circulation.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 1.[1]—STANDARD BOOK-CASE.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 2.[2]—STANDARD BOOK-CASE WITHOUT PARTITION.]
-
-The shelves should have rounded edges, and ought not to exceed 3′ or 3′
-6″ in length. If longer ones are used they must be thin, in order to be
-easily moved, and so these become bent in course of time, especially
-if heavy books are placed on them. The objection to long shelves
-which are very thick is simply that they are unhandy and difficult to
-move and waste valuable space. All shelves should be movable, and if
-possible interchangeable. No paint or varnish should be applied to any
-surface with which the books come in contact, but there is nothing to
-be said against polishing. Indeed, to reduce as far as possible the
-constant friction to which books are exposed in passing to and from
-their resting-places, it ought to be remembered that smooth surfaces are
-advantageous. Few libraries can afford leather-covered shelves like those
-of the British Museum, but all can have smoothness and rounded edges.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 3.—LEDGED WALL BOOK-CASE.]
-
-Reference library cases are constructed similarly to those above
-described; but as folio and quarto books require storage in this
-department, it is necessary to make provision for them. This is usually
-done by making the cases with projecting bases, rising at least 3′
-high, and in the enlarged space so obtained fair-sized folios and
-quartos can be placed. Very large volumes of plates or maps should be
-laid flat on shelves made to slide over hard wood runners like trays,
-as they frequently suffer much damage from standing upright. A special,
-many-shelved press should be constructed for books of this generally
-valuable class, and each volume should be allowed a tray for itself. If
-the tray is covered with leather, felt, or baize, so much the better.
-Wall cases, and cases arranged in bays or alcoves, are generally much
-more expensive than the plain standards just described, because, as
-they are intended for architectural effect as well as for storage, they
-must be ornamental, and possibly made from superior woods. The plan
-of arranging books round the walls has been almost entirely abandoned
-in modern lending libraries, but there are still many librarians and
-architects who prefer the bay arrangement for reference departments. The
-matter of arrangement is one, however, which depends largely upon the
-shape and lighting of rooms, means of access, and requirements of each
-library, and must be settled accordingly.
-
-The question of material is very important, but of course it depends
-altogether upon the amount which is proposed to be spent on the fittings.
-It is very desirable that the cases should be made durable and handsome,
-as it is not pleasant to have bad workmanship and ugly fittings in a
-centre of “sweetness and light”. For the standards previously mentioned
-there can be nothing better or cheaper than sound American or Baltic
-yellow pine, with, in reference cases, oak ledges. This wood is easily
-worked, wears very well, and can be effectively stained and varnished
-to look like richer and more expensive woods. Of course if money is
-no object, oak, mahogany, or walnut can be used; but the cost of such
-materials usually works out to nearly double that of softer woods. Cases
-with heavily moulded cornices should be boarded over the top, and not
-left with huge empty receptacles for dust and cobwebs. This caution is
-tendered, because joiners very often leave the space made by the cornice
-vacant and exposed.
-
-
-SHELF FITTINGS.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 4.—METAL SHELF FITTING.]
-
-Shelf fittings for wooden book-presses are required in all modern
-libraries where movable shelves are almost universally used. Cases
-with fixed shelves are much cheaper than those fitted with one of the
-button or other spacing arrangements now in the market, but the serious
-disadvantage of having to size the books to fit the shelves disposes
-of any argument that can be urged on behalf of fixtures. There are
-many varieties of shelf fitting designed to assist in the necessary
-differential spacing of shelves, from the old-fashioned, and by no means
-cheap, wooden ratchet and bar arrangement to the comparatively recent
-metal stud. The fitting which is most often adopted in new libraries is
-that of Messrs. E. Tonks, of Birmingham. It consists of metal strips,
-perforated at 1-inch intervals, let into the uprights of the cases
-and small gun-metal studs for supporting the shelves. As is shown in
-the illustration, the studs fit into the perforations and support the
-shelves on little points which sink into the wood, and prevent tilting
-or sliding. The strips should not go either to the top or bottom of
-the uprights, and at least two feet can be saved in every division by
-stopping 6 inches from both ends. Though rather more expensive than
-pegs, or the studs mentioned below, it is very desirable to have Tonks’
-fittings, because of their superiority to all others in the matters of
-convenience and ease in adjusting. Another form of stud often used is
-the one shaped like this [Illustration] which fits into holes drilled
-in the uprights and supports the shelf on the lower rectangular part.
-These are most effective in operation when let into grooves as broad as
-the studs, otherwise the shelves must be cut shorter than the width of
-the divisions; and in that case end spaces are caused and security is
-considerably sacrificed. The peg part of this stud is very apt in course
-of time, to enlarge the wooden holes, and when any series of shelves
-have to be frequently moved, the result of such enlargement is to make
-the studs drop out. If perforated metal strips are used, of course the
-price immediately goes up, and there is then no advantage over the Tonks’
-fitting. Another form of peg for use in the same kind of round hole is
-that similar in shape to the pegs used for violins, and, like them,
-demanding much judicious _thumbing_ before they can be properly adjusted.
-There are many other kinds of shelf fitting in the market, but none of
-them are so well known or useful as those just described.
-
-
-IRON BOOK-CASES.
-
-The iron book-cases manufactured by Messrs. Lucy & Co. of Oxford are
-very convenient, and in buildings designed as fire-proof, in basements,
-or in certain cases where much weight is wanted to be carried, they
-should be useful. They can be fitted up as continuous wall-cases, or
-supplied as standards holding books on both sides. The size B, 7′ 6″
-high × 4′ 1″ wide × 1′ 3″ deep, will hold about 640 demy 8vo books, and
-the ironwork costs £4, shelves £1 4s. Other sizes are made, and the
-continuous wall-shelving is charged per yard run—7 feet high, £3 3s.;
-shelves of wood, 12 inches deep, 5s. each; if iron, felt covered, 4s. 6d.
-each. The durability of these cases is beyond question, and the expense
-is not great when their security, strength, and neatness are considered.
-The arrangement for spacing the shelves is convenient and effective. The
-sliding iron book-cases swung in the galleries of the British Museum,
-and their prototype[3] at Bethnal Green Free Library, London, have been
-so often and so fully described elsewhere[4] that it is needless to do
-more here than to briefly refer to them. The British Museum pattern,
-the invention of Mr. Jenner of the Printed Books Department, consists
-of a double case suspended from strong runners, which can be pushed
-against the permanent cases when not in use, or pulled out when books
-are required. Only libraries with very wide passages between the cases
-could use them, and only then by greatly strengthening the ordinary
-wooden presses in existence.[5] The revolving wooden book-cases now so
-extensively used for office purposes, and in clubs or private libraries,
-can be bought for £3 and upwards. They should not be placed for public
-use in ordinary libraries to which all persons have access, though there
-is no reason why subscription libraries and kindred institutions should
-not have them for the benefit of their members.
-
-Other fittings connected with book-cases are press and shelf numbers,
-contents or classification frames, blinds, and shelf-edging. The press
-marks used in the fixed location are sometimes painted or written in gold
-over the cases, but white enamelled copper tablets, with the numbers or
-letters painted in black or blue, are much more clear and effective.
-They cost only a few pence each. The numbering of shelves for the
-movable location, or their lettering for the fixed location, is usually
-done by means of printed labels. These are sold in sheets, gummed and
-perforated, and can be supplied in various sizes in consecutive series
-at prices ranging from 2s. 6d. per 1000 for numbers, and 1d. or 2d. each
-for alphabets. Shelf numbers can also be stamped on in gold or written
-with paint, and brass numbers are also made for the purpose, but the
-cost is very great. The little frames used for indicating the contents
-of a particular case or division are usually made of brass, and have
-their edges folded over to hold the cards. Some are made like the sliding
-_carte-de-visite_ frames, but the object in all is the same, namely—to
-carry descriptive cards referring to the contents or classification of
-book-cases. They are most often used in reference libraries where readers
-are allowed direct access to the shelves, and are commonly screwed to the
-uprights. A convenient form is that used with numbered presses, and the
-card bears such particulars as these—
-
- +------+----------------------+
- |SHELF.| CASE 594. |
- +------+----------------------+
- | A |Buffon’s Nat. Hist. |
- | B |Geological Rec. |
- | C |Sach’s Bot.; Bot. Mag.|
- | D |&c. |
- | E |&c. |
- | F |&c. |
- +------+----------------------+
-
-Others bear the book numbers, while some simply refer to the shelf
-contents as part of a particular scheme of classification, viz.:—
-
- 941·1 Northern Scotland.
-
-To keep these contents-cards clean it is usual to cover them with little
-squares of glass.
-
-Glazed book-cases are not recommended, wire-work being much better
-in cases where it is necessary to have locked doors. The mesh of the
-wire-work should be as fine as possible, because valuable bindings
-are sometimes nail-marked and scratched by inquisitive persons poking
-through at the books. It is only in very special circumstances that
-locked presses are required, such as when they are placed in a public
-reading-room or in a passage, and though glazed book-cases are a
-tradition among house furnishers, no librarian will have them if it can
-possibly be avoided. Their preservative value is very questionable, and
-books do very well in the open, while there can be no two opinions as
-to their being a source of considerable trouble. Blinds concealed in
-the cornices of book-cases are sometimes used, their object being to
-protect the books from dust during the night, but they do not seem to be
-wanted in public libraries. In regard to the various shelf-edgings seen
-in libraries, leather is only ornamental, certainly not durable; while
-scalloped cloth, though much more effective, may also be dispensed with.
-
-
-COUNTERS, CUPBOARDS, &c.
-
-To the practical librarian a good counter is a source of perennial
-joy. It is not only the theatre of war, and the centre to which every
-piece of work undertaken by the library converges, but it is a barrier
-over which are passed most of the suggestions and criticisms which
-lead to good work, and from which can be gleaned the best idea of the
-business accomplished. For these reasons alone a first-class counter
-is very desirable. As in every other branch of library management,
-local circumstances must govern the size and shape of the counter to be
-provided. Lending libraries using indicators require a different kind
-of counter than those which use ledgers or card-charging systems, and
-reference libraries must have them according to the plan of arrangement
-followed for the books. A lending library counter where no indicator
-is used need not be a very formidable affair, but it ought to afford
-accommodation for at least six persons standing abreast, and have space
-for a screened desk and a flap giving access to the public side. On
-the staff side should be plenty of shelves, cupboards, and drawers,
-and it may be found desirable to place in it a locked till also for
-the safe-keeping of money received for fines, catalogues, &c. All
-counter-tops should project several inches beyond the front to keep back
-the damage-working toes of the public, and on the staff side a space of
-at least 3 inches should be left under the pot-board. A height of 3 feet
-and a width of 2 feet will be found convenient dimensions for reference
-and non-indicator lending library counters. Where indicators are used a
-width of 18 inches and a height of 30 of 32 inches will be found best. If
-the counter is made too high and wide neither readers nor assistants can
-conveniently see or reach the top numbers. As regards length, everything
-will depend on the indicator used and the size of the library. An idea
-of the comparative size of some indicators may be got from the following
-table:—
-
- Counter space required for 12,000 numbers Cotgreave 15 feet.
- ” ” ” Elliot (small) 16 feet.
- ” ” ” Duplex (small) 22 feet.
- ” ” ” ” (full) 32 feet.
- ” ” ” Elliot (full) 36 feet.
-
-Allowing 12 feet of counter space for service of readers, 2 feet for desk
-space, and 2 feet for flap, a Cotgreave indicator for 12,000 numbers
-would mean a counter 31 feet long, a small Elliot 32 feet, a small Duplex
-38 feet, a full Duplex 48 feet, and a full Elliot 52 feet. For double the
-quantity of numbers the smallest indicator would require a counter 46
-feet long, and the largest one 88 feet. These are important points to
-bear in mind when planning the counter; though it must be said generally
-that, in nearly every instance where a Library Committee has proceeded
-with the fitting of a new building before appointing a librarian, they
-are over-looked, because the architect invariably provides a counter
-about 6 feet long, 3 feet wide, and 3 feet high, with a carved front of
-surpassing excellence! What has been already said respecting materials
-applies with equal force to this class of fitting; but it should be
-added that a good hard-wood counter will likely last for ever. Some
-librarians who use card catalogues prefer to keep them in drawers opening
-to the public side of the reference library counter. This point is worth
-remembering in connection with the fitting of the reference department.
-
-In addition to the store cupboards provided behind the counters there
-should be plenty of wall or other presses fixed in convenient places for
-holding stationery, supplies of forms, &c. Locked store presses are also
-useful; and every large library should have a key-press, in which should
-be hung every public key belonging to the building, properly numbered
-and labelled to correspond with a list pasted inside the press itself.
-These useful little cabinets are infinitely superior to the caretaker’s
-pocket, and much inconvenience is avoided by their use. Desks for the
-staff use should be made with a beading all round the top and at bottom
-of slope to prevent papers, pens, and ink from falling or being pushed
-over. Superintendents’ desks should be made large, and to stand on a
-double pedestal of drawers, so that they may be high enough for useful
-oversight and capacious enough for stationery or other supplies. There is
-an admirable specimen of a superintendent’s desk in the Mitchell Library,
-Glasgow.
-
-
-FURNITURE.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 5.[6]]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 6.]
-
-Tables for reading or writing at are best made in the form of a double
-desk, [Illustration] which gives readers the most convenience, and
-affords an effective but unobtrusive means of mutual oversight. The
-framing and rails should be as shallow as possible, so as not to
-interfere with the comfort of readers, and elaborately turned or carved
-legs should be avoided, because certain to harbour dust, and likely
-to form resting-places for feet. Tables with flat tops resting on
-central pedestals, and without side rails, are very useful in general
-reading-rooms, the free leg space being a decided advantage. Long tables
-are not recommended, nor are narrow ones which accommodate readers on
-one side only. The former are obstructive, and the latter are neither
-economical as regards the seating of readers, nor of much use for the
-necessary mutual oversight which ought to be promoted among the public.
-Very good dimensions for reading-room tables are 8 to 10 feet long by
-3 to 3 feet 6 inches wide by 2 feet 6 inches high. But the librarian
-who wishes to consult the varying requirements of his readers will
-have his tables made different heights—some 29, some 30, and some 32
-inches high. Whatever materials may be used for the framing and legs
-of tables, let the tops be hard-wood, like American or English oak,
-mahogany, or walnut. Teak is handsome and very durable, but its cost is
-much more than the better known woods. Yellow pine is too soft and looks
-common, and should not be used for tops unless the most rigid economy is
-absolutely necessary. Heavy tables, like those used in clubs, are not
-recommended. Ink wells, if provided at all, should be let in flush with
-the tops of the desk tables, and ought to have sliding brass covers, with
-thumb-notches for moving instead of knobs. Two common forms of library
-tables are shown in the annexed illustrations. The one on pedestals
-need not have such large brackets, and the ends can easily be allowed
-to project at least 18 inches from the pedestals in order to admit of
-readers sitting at them. In connection with tables there are various
-kinds of reading slopes made for large books, of which those with movable
-supporters working in a ratcheted base are the most useful. But there are
-endless varieties of such reading desks or stands in existence, and some
-invalid-appliance makers manufacture many different kinds.
-
-
-PERIODICAL RACKS.
-
-Librarians are not unanimous as regards the treatment of the current
-numbers of periodicals. Some maintain that they should be spread all over
-the tables of the reading-room in any order, to ensure that all shall
-receive plenty of attention at the _hands_ of readers, whether they are
-wanted or not for perusal. Others hold the opinion that the periodicals
-in covers should be spread over the tables, but in some recognised order,
-alphabetical or otherwise. Yet another section will have it that this
-spreading should be accompanied by fixing, and that each cover should
-be fastened in its place on the table. Finally, many think that the
-magazines, &c., should be kept off the tables entirely, and be arranged
-in racks where they will be accessible without littering the room, and at
-the same time serve as a sort of indicator to periodicals which are in or
-out of use. For the unfixed alphabetical arrangement several appliances
-have been introduced. At Manchester the periodicals are arranged on
-raised desks along the middle of the tables. In the Mitchell Library,
-Glasgow, each table is surmounted by a platform raised on brackets which
-carries the magazine covers, without altogether obstructing the reader’s
-view of the room and his neighbours. Each periodical is given a certain
-place on the elevated carriers, and this is indicated to the reader by a
-label fixed on the rail behind the cover. On the cover itself is stamped
-the name of the periodical and its table number. Each table has a list of
-the periodicals belonging to it shown in a glazed tablet at the outer end
-of the platform support. Wolverhampton and St. Martin’s, London, furnish
-very good examples of the fixed arrangement. In the former library each
-periodical is fastened to its table by a rod, and has appropriated to it
-a chair, so that removal and disarrangement cannot occur. In the latter
-those located in the newsroom are fastened on stands where chairs cannot
-be used, and the arrangement is more economical as regards space than at
-Wolverhampton. The periodicals in the magazine room are fixed by cords
-to the centre of the table and signboards indicate the location of each
-periodical. This seems to be the best solution of the difficulty after
-all. Every periodical in this library is fixed, more or less, and it is
-therefore easy to find out if a periodical is in use.
-
-The rack system has many advocates, and can be seen both in libraries
-and clubs in quite a variety of styles. At the London Institution there
-is an arrangement of rails and narrow beaded shelves on the wall, which
-holds a large number of periodicals not in covers, and seems to work
-very well. The rails are fastened horizontally about two inches from the
-walls at a distance above the small shelf sufficient to hold and keep
-upright the periodicals proposed to be placed on it, and a small label
-bearing a title being fixed on the rail, the corresponding periodical
-is simply dropped behind it on to the shelf, and so remains located. A
-similar style of rail-rack has been introduced for time-tables, &c.,
-in several libraries, and has been found very useful. Another style
-of periodical-rack is that invented by Mr. Alfred Cotgreave, whereby
-periodicals are displayed on two sides of a large board, and secured in
-their places by means of clips. The same inventor has also an arrangement
-similar to that described as in the London Institution for magazines in
-covers. The ordinary clip-rack used largely by newsvendors has been often
-introduced in libraries where floor space was not available, and is very
-convenient for keeping in order the shoals of presented periodicals,
-which live and die like mushrooms, and scarcely ever justify the
-expense of a cover. An improvement on the usual perpendicular wall-rack
-just mentioned is that used in the National Liberal Club, London,
-which revolves on a stand, and can be made to hold two or three dozen
-periodicals or newspapers, according to dimensions.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 7.—PERIODICAL RACK.]
-
-The racks just mentioned are all designed to hold periodicals without
-covers, but there are several kinds in existence for holding them in
-their covers. Among such are the table supports, in metal and wood, on
-the same principle as shelf book-holders, in which the magazines lie in
-their cases on their fore-edges, and are distinguished by having the
-titles lettered along the back or otherwise. Probably the best of all the
-racks devised for periodicals in their cases is that on the system of
-overlapping sloping shelves, shown in the illustration. The idea of this
-rack is simply that the covers should lie on the shelves with only the
-title exposed. They are retained in place by a beading just deep enough
-to afford a catch for one cover, and so avoid the chance of their being
-hidden by another periodical laid above. These racks can also be made
-single to stand against the wall if floor space is not available. Oak,
-walnut, and mahogany are the best woods to use, but pitch or ordinary
-yellow pine may also be used.
-
-
-NEWSPAPER STANDS.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 8.—NEWSPAPER STAND.]
-
-The day has not yet come when octavo-sized newspapers will obviate the
-necessity for expensive and obstructive stands on which the day’s news
-is spread in the manner least conducive to the comfort of readers. The
-man who runs and reads has no necessity for much study, while he who
-stands and reads does so with the consciousness that at any moment he may
-be elbowed from his studies by impatient news-seekers, and be subjected
-to the added discomfort of being made a leaning pillar for half-a-dozen
-persons to embrace. Meanwhile it is necessary to provide convenient
-reading desks for the broadsheets which are issued. It is cheaper to have
-double stands, holding four spread papers, than single ones, holding only
-two, though there is certainly less comfort to readers with the larger
-size. The illustration shows a single stand, but it should be remembered
-that the design can be made much heavier and richer. The dimensions
-should be for double stands 7′ 6″ long, 2′ 6″ high for slope, and about
-3′ from floor to bottom of slope. Single ones should be 4′ long, with the
-other measurements as before. Half-stands for going against the wall have
-only the slope to the front, and are generally made in long lengths to
-cover the whole side of a room. The slope should not in any case be made
-either too steep or too great—the former always causing the papers to
-droop, and the latter placing the upper parts beyond the sight of short
-persons. Before adopting any type of stand, it is advisable to visit a
-few other libraries and examine their fittings. It is so much easier to
-judge what is liked best by actual examination. Fittings for holding
-the newspapers in their places are generally made of wood or brass, and
-there are many different kinds in use. The wooden ones usually consist
-of a narrow oak bar, fitted with spikes to keep the paper up, hinged
-at top and secured at bottom of the slope by a staple and padlock, or
-simply by a button. The brass ones include some patented fittings, such
-as Cummings’, made by Messrs. Denison of Leeds, and Hills’, invented by
-the library superintendent of Bridgeport, Connecticut. The former is a
-rod working on an eccentric bed, and is turned with a key to tighten
-or loosen it; the latter works on a revolving pivot secured in the
-middle of the desk, and is intended more particularly for illustrated
-periodicals, like the _Graphic_, &c., which require turning about to suit
-the pictures. The “Burgoyne” spring rod made by the North of England
-School Furnishing Co., Darlington and London, is very effective, neat,
-and comparatively inexpensive. It is secured by a catch, which requires a
-key to open it, but it is simply snapped down over the paper when changes
-are made. Other varieties of brass holders are those secured by ordinary
-locks or strong thumb-screws. In cases where the rods have no spikes
-(which are not recommended) or buttons, or which do not lie in grooves,
-it is advisable to have on them two stout rubber rings, which will keep
-the papers firmly pressed in their places, and so prevent slipping. A
-half-inch beading along the bottom of the slope is sometimes useful in
-preventing doubling down and slipping. The names of the papers may be
-either gilded or painted on the title-board, or they may be done in black
-or blue letters on white enamelled title-pieces and screwed to the head
-board. These latter are very cheap, durable, and clear. Some librarians
-prefer movable titles; and in this case grooved holders or brass frames
-must be provided to hold the names, which can be printed on stiff cards,
-or painted on wood or bone tablets. The brass rail at the foot of the
-slope, shown in the illustration, is meant to prevent readers from
-leaning on the papers with their arms. By some librarians it is thought
-quite unnecessary, by others it is considered essential; but it is really
-a matter for the decision of every individual librarian.
-
-
-CHAIRS AND MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS.
-
-The chairs made in Buckinghamshire and Oxfordshire are the best and
-cheapest in the market, and more satisfaction will result from orders
-placed direct with the makers than from purchasing at an ordinary
-furniture dealer’s. It is better to have small chairs made with the
-back and back legs all in one piece, thus, [Illustration] rather than
-with legs and back rails all separately glued into the seat like this,
-[Illustration]. The reason is of course that by the former plan of
-construction greater strength is obtained, and future trouble in the way
-of repairs will be largely obviated. Avoid showy chairs, and everything
-that smacks of the cheap furniture market. It will strengthen the chairs
-to have hat rails as well as ordinary side rails, and be a convenience
-to readers as well. They should cross from the bottom side rail, thus,
-[Illustration]. Arm-chairs should be provided at discretion. In magazine
-rooms where there is a rack, tables can be largely dispensed with if
-arm-chairs are used. If neither wood-block flooring nor linoleum is
-used, the chairs may with great advantage be shod with round pieces of
-sole leather screwed through a slightly sunk hole to the ends of the
-legs. These deaden the noise of moving greatly, and are more durable
-than india-rubber. Two or three dozen of chairs _more_ than are actually
-required should be ordered. Umbrella stands are best patronised when
-attached to the tables, like ordinary pew ones. An umbrella stand close
-to the door is such an obvious temptation to the thief that careful
-readers never use them on any consideration. Of rails for fixing to
-the tables there are many kinds, but probably the hinged pew variety,
-plain rail, or rubber wheel, all with water-pans, will serve most
-purposes. Many libraries make no provision at all either of hat rails
-or umbrella stands, for the simple reason that 50% of the readers do
-not enter to stay, while 99% never remove their hats. In proprietary
-libraries everything is different, and an approach to comforts of the
-sort indicated must be made. The standard hat rack and umbrella stand
-combined, like that used in clubs, schools, the House of Commons, &c., is
-the best for such institutions.
-
-Show-cases ought to be well made by one of the special firms who make
-this class of fitting. Glass sides and sliding trays, with hinged and
-_locked_ backs, are essential. For museum purposes all sorts of special
-cases are required, and the only way to find out what is best is to visit
-one or two good museums for the purpose.
-
-
-TECHNICAL APPLIANCES.
-
-CHARGING SYSTEMS AND INDICATORS.—The charging of books includes every
-operation connected with the means taken to record issues and returns,
-whether in lending or reference libraries. Although the word “charging”
-refers mainly to the actual entry or booking of an issue to the account
-of a borrower, it has been understood in recent years to mean the whole
-process of counter work in circulating libraries. It is necessary to
-make this explanation at the outset, as many young librarians understand
-the meaning of the word differently. For example, one bright young man
-on being asked what was the system of “charging” pursued in his library
-responded: “Oh! just a penny for the ticket!” And another equally
-intelligent assistant replied to the same question: “We don’t charge
-anything unless you keep books more than the _proscribed_ time!” Before
-proceeding to describe some of the existing systems it may be wise to
-impress on assistants in libraries the advisability of trying to think
-for themselves in this matter. There is nothing more discouraging than
-to find young librarians slavishly following the methods bequeathed by
-their predecessors, because in no sphere of public work is there a
-larger field for substantial improvement, or less reason to suppose that
-readers are as easily satisfied as they were thirty years ago. The truth
-is that every library method is more or less imperfect in matters of
-detail, and there are numerous directions in which little improvements
-tending to greater homogeneity and accuracy can be effected. It is all
-very well, and likewise easy, to sit at the feet of some bibliothecal
-Gameliel, treasuring his dicta as incontrovertible, and at the same
-time assuming that the public is utterly indifferent to efficiency and
-simplicity of system. But it ought to be seriously considered that
-everything changes, and that the public knowledge of all that relates
-to their welfare increases every day; so that the believer in a _dolce
-far niente_ policy must be prepared for much adverse criticism, and
-possibly for improvements being effected in his despite, which is very
-unpleasant. In libraries conducted for profit, everything likely to lead
-to extension of business, or to the increased convenience of the public,
-is at once adopted, and it is this sort of generous flexibility which
-ought to be more largely imported into public library management. A
-suitable reverence for the good work accomplished in the past should be
-no obstacle to improvement and enlargement of ideas in the future.
-
-
-LEDGERS.
-
-The present state of the question of charging turns largely on the
-respective merits of indicator and non-indicator systems, or, in other
-words, whether the burden of ascertaining if books are _in_ or _out_
-should be placed on readers or the staff. There is much to be said on
-both sides, and reason to suppose that the final solution lies with
-neither. The non-indicator systems come first as a matter of seniority.
-The advantages of all ledger and card-charging systems are claimed to be
-that readers are admitted directly to the benefit of intercourse with the
-staff; that they are saved the trouble of discovering if the numbers they
-want are in; that they are in very many cases better served, because more
-accustomed to explain their wants; that less counter space is required;
-that the initial expense of an indicator is saved; and, finally, that
-with a good staff borrowers can be more quickly attended to. Some of
-these statements may be called in question, but they represent the views
-of librarians who have tried both systems. From the readers’ point of
-view there can hardly be a doubt but that the least troublesome system
-is the most acceptable; and it is only fair to the non-indicator systems
-to assert that they _are_ the least troublesome to borrowers. The
-original method of charging, still used in many libraries, consisted in
-making entries of all issues in a day-book ruled to show the following
-particulars:—
-
- DATE OF ISSUE.
-
- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- -----------+--------+-------+----+-----+-------+---------+-----++--------
- Progressive|Title of| Class | | |Date of| Name of | No. ||
- No. | Book. |Letter.|No. |Vols.|Return.|Borrower.| of || Fines.
- | | | | | | |Card.||
- -----------+--------+-------+----+-----+-------+---------+-----++--+--+--
- 1 | | | | | | | || | |
- | | | | | | | || | |
- 2 | | | | | | | || | |
- | | | | | | | || | |
- 3 | | | | | | | || | |
-
-But after a time certain economies were introduced, columns 2, 7, and
-9 being omitted, and day-books in this later form, perhaps with the
-arrangement slightly altered, are in common use now. Of course it is
-plain that a book on issue was entered in the first vacant line of the
-day-book, and the progressive number, borrower’s number, and date were
-carried on to its label. On return, the particulars on the label pointed
-out the day and issue number, and the book was duly marked off. It will
-at once be seen that this form of ledger only shows what books are out,
-but cannot readily show the whereabouts of any particular volume without
-some trouble. As to what book any reader has is another question which
-cannot be answered without much waste of time. A third disadvantage is
-that as borrowers retain their tickets there is very little to prevent
-unscrupulous persons from having more books out at one time than they
-should. A fourth weakness of this ledger is that time is consumed in
-marking off, and books are not available for re-issue until they are
-marked off. For various reasons some librarians prefer a system of
-charging direct to each borrower instead of journalising the day’s
-operations as above described. These records were at one time kept in
-ledgers, each borrower being apportioned a page or so, headed with full
-particulars of his name, address, guarantor, date of the expiry of his
-borrowing right, &c. These ledgers were ruled to show date of issue,
-number of book, and date of return, and an index had to be consulted at
-every entry. Now-a-days this style of ledger is kept on cards arranged
-alphabetically or numerically, and is much easier to work. Subscription
-and commercial circulating libraries use the system extensively. The main
-difficulty with this system was to find out who had a particular book;
-and “overdues” were hard to discover, and much time was consumed in the
-process. To some extent both these defects could be remedied by keeping
-the borrowers’ cards and arranging them in dated trays, so that as books
-were returned and the cards gradually weeded out from the different days
-of issue, a deposit of overdue borrowers’ cards pointing to their books
-would result. Another form of ledger is just the reverse of the last, the
-reader being charged to the book instead of the book to the reader. This
-is a specimen:—
-
- K 5942. WOOD—EAST LYNNE.
-
- -------+----------+-------++-------+----------+-------++
- Date of|Borrowers’|Date of||Date of|Borrowers’|Date of||
- Issue. | No. |Return.||Issue. | No. |Return.||
- -------+----------+-------++-------+----------+-------++
- 4 May | 395 |18 May || | | ||
- | | || | | ||
- 6 June | 3421 | || | | ||
- | | || | | ||
-
-Every book has a page or more, according to popularity, and there can
-hardly be a doubt of its superiority to the personal ledger, because the
-question of a book’s whereabouts is more often raised than what book a
-given reader has. Dates of issue and return are stamped, and all books
-are available for issue on return. The borrowers’ cards, if kept in dated
-trays as above, show at once “overdues” and who have books out. But the
-“overdues” can be ascertained also by periodical examination of the
-ledger. In this system book ledgers are as handy as cards. In both of
-the ledger systems above described classified day sheets for statistical
-purposes are used. They are generally ruled thus:—
-
- DATE.
-
- +---+---+---+---+---+---+
- | A | B | C | D | E | F |
- +---+---+---+---+---+---+
- | | | | | | |
- | | | | | | |
- | | | | | | |
-
-and the issues are recorded by means of strokes or other figures. At
-one time it was considered an ingenious arrangement to have a series of
-boxes lettered according to classes, with locked doors and apertures at
-the top, in which a pea could be dropped for every issue in any class;
-but this seems to have been now completely abandoned. Certainly neither
-the sheet-stroking nor pea-dropping method of getting at the number of
-daily issues can be recommended, because in both cases the account is at
-the mercy of assistants, who may either neglect to make such charges, or
-register some dozen issues at a time to account for intervals spent in
-idling. An application slip is the best solution of the difficulty. This
-can either be filled up by the assistants or the borrowers. In certain
-libraries these slips are of some permanence, being made of stout paper
-in long narrow strips, on which borrowers enter their ticket-numbers
-and the numbers and classes of the books they would like. The assistant
-stamps the current date against the book had out, and the slips, after
-the statistics are compiled from them, are sorted in order of borrowers’
-numbers and placed in dated trays. Of course when the borrower returns
-the book, his list is looked out, and the name of the returned book
-heavily cancelled and another work procured as before. There are various
-kinds of ticket-books issued for this purpose, some with counterfoils
-and detachable cheques, and others with similar perforated slips and
-ruled columns for lists of books wanted to read. Messrs. Lupton & Co. of
-Birmingham, Mr. Ridal of Rotherham Free Library, and Messrs. Waterston &
-Sons, stationers, Edinburgh, all issue different varieties of call-books,
-or lists of wants. Some libraries provide slips of paper, on which the
-assistant jots down the book-number after the borrower hands it in with
-his ticket-number written in thus:—
-
- +-------+-------+
- |TICKET.| BOOK. |
- +-------+-------+
- | 5963 | C 431 |
- +-------+-------+
-
-These are simply filed at the moment of service, and become the basis
-of the statistical entry for each day’s operations. Such slips save the
-loss of time which often arises when careful entries have to be made on
-day-sheets or books, and there can be no question as to their greater
-accuracy. These are the main points in connection with the most-used
-class of day-books and ledgers.
-
-
-CARD-CHARGING SYSTEMS.
-
-Somewhat akin to the ledger systems are the various card- and
-pocket-charging methods which work without the intervention of an
-indicator. There are several of such systems in existence both in Britain
-and the United States, most of them having features in common, but all
-distinguished by differences on points of detail. At Bradford a pocket
-system has long been in use. It is worked as follows: Every book has
-attached to one of the inner sides of its boards a linen pocket, with a
-table of months for dating, and an abstract of the lending rules. Within
-this pocket is a card on which are the number and class of the book, its
-title and author. To each reader is issued on joining a cloth-covered
-card and a pocket made of linen, having on one side the borrower’s
-number, name, address, &c., and on the other side a calendar. The pockets
-are kept in numerical order at the library, and the readers retain their
-cards. When a borrower wishes a book, he hands in a list of numbers and
-his card to the assistant, who procures the first book he finds in. He
-next selects from the numerical series of pockets the one bearing the
-reader’s number. The title card is then removed from the book and placed
-in the reader’s numbered pocket, and the date is written in the date
-column of the book pocket. This completes the process at the time of
-service. At night the day’s issues are classified and arranged in the
-order of the book numbers, after the statistics are made up and noted in
-the sheet ruled for the purpose, and are then placed in a box bearing the
-date of issue. When a book is returned the assistant turns up its date
-of issue, proceeds to the box of that date, and removes the title card,
-which he replaces in the book. The borrower’s pocket is then restored
-to its place among its fellows. The advantages of this plan are greater
-rapidity of service as compared with the ledger systems, and a mechanical
-weeding out of overdues somewhat similar to what is obtained by the
-“Duplex” indicator system described further on. Its disadvantages are the
-absence of permanent record, and the danger which exists of title cards
-getting into the wrong pockets.
-
-A system on somewhat similar lines is worked at Liverpool and Chelsea,
-the difference being that in these libraries a record is made of the
-issues of books. It has the additional merit of being something in the
-nature of a compromise between a ledger and an indicator system, so that
-to many it will recommend itself on these grounds alone. The Cotgreave
-indicator is in this system used for fiction and juvenile books only, and
-as the records of issues are made on cards, the indicator is simply used
-to show books _out_ and _in_. Mr. George Parr, of the London Institution,
-is the inventor of an admirable card-ledger, and though it has been in
-use for a number of years its merits do not seem to be either recognised
-or widely known. The main feature of this system, which was described at
-the Manchester meeting of the L.A.U.K. in 1879, is a fixed alphabetical
-series of borrowers’ names on cards, behind which other cards descriptive
-of books issued are placed. The system is worked as follows: Every book
-has a pocket inside the board somewhat similar to that used at Bradford
-and Chelsea, in which is a card bearing the title and number of the
-book. When the book is issued the card is simply withdrawn and placed,
-with a coloured card to show the date, behind the borrower’s card in the
-register. When it is returned the title card is simply withdrawn from
-behind the borrower’s card, replaced in the book, and the transaction
-is complete. This is the brief explanation of its working, but Mr. Parr
-has introduced many refinements and devices whereby almost any question
-that can be raised as regards who has a book, when it was issued, and
-what book a given person has, can be answered with very little labour.
-This is accomplished by means of an ingenious system of projecting guides
-on the cards, together with different colours for each 1000 members,
-and with these aids a ready means is afforded of accurately finding the
-location in the card-ledger of any given book or borrower. As regards
-its application to a popular public library, the absence of a permanent
-record would in most cases be deemed objectionable, but there seems no
-reason why, with certain modifications, it could not be adapted to the
-smaller libraries, where neither pocket systems nor indicators are in
-use. This very ingenious and admirable system suggests what seems in
-theory a workable plan for any library up to 10,000 volumes. Instead of
-making a fixed alphabet of borrowers, as in Mr. Parr’s model, a series of
-cards might be prepared, one for each book in the library, in numerical
-order, distributed in hundreds and tens, shown by projections to
-facilitate finding. A label would be placed in each book, ruled to take
-the borrower’s number and date of issue, and a borrower’s card like that
-used for Mr. Elliot’s indicator, ruled to take the book numbers only.
-When a book is asked for, all that the assistant has to do is to write
-its number in the borrower’s card, the number of the borrower’s card and
-the date on the book label, and then to issue the book, having left the
-borrower’s card in the register. The period of issue could be indicated
-by differently coloured cards to meet the overdue question, and a simple
-day-sheet ruled for class letters and numbers of books issued would serve
-for statistical purposes. The register of book-numbers could be used as
-an indicator by the staff in many cases, and such a plan would be as
-easily worked, as economical, and as accurate as most of the charging
-systems in use in small libraries.
-
-There are many other card-charging systems in use, but most of them are
-worked only in the United States. A large number of British libraries,
-especially those established under the “Public Libraries Acts,” use one
-or other of the various indicators which have been introduced since 1870,
-and it now becomes necessary to describe some of these.
-
-
-INDICATORS.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 9.[7]—ELLIOT’S INDICATOR.]
-
-The first indicator of any practical use was that invented by Mr.
-John Elliot, of Wolverhampton, in 1870. Previous to that date various
-make-shift contrivances had been used to aid the staff in finding what
-books were in or out without the trouble of actually going to the
-shelves, chief among which was a board drilled with numbered holes
-to receive pegs when the books represented by the numbers were out.
-Elliot’s indicator is a large framework of wood, divided, as shown in the
-engraving, into ten divisions by wooden uprights, on which are fastened
-printed columns of numbers 1 to 100, 101 to 200, &c., representing
-volumes in the library. Between each number, in the spaces between the
-uprights, are fastened small tin slides, forming a complete series of
-tiny shelves for the reception of borrowers’ tickets, which are placed
-against the numbers of the books taken out. The numbers are placed on
-both sides of the indicator, which is put on the counter, with one side
-glazed to face the borrowers. Its working is simple: Every borrower
-receives on joining a ticket in the shape of a book, having spaces ruled
-to show the numbers of books and dates of issue, with the ends coloured
-red and green. On looking at the indicator the borrower sees so many
-vacant spaces opposite numbers, and so many occupied by cards, and if the
-number he wishes is shown blank he knows it is in and may be applied for.
-He accordingly does so, and the assistant procures the book, writes in
-the borrower’s card the number and date of issue, and on the issue-label
-of the book the reader’s ticket-number and date. When the book is
-returned the assistant simply removes the borrower’s card from the space
-and returns it, and the transaction is complete. A day-sheet is commonly
-used for noting the number of issues; but, of course, application forms
-can also be used. The coloured ends of the borrowers’ tickets are used to
-show overdue books, red being turned outwards one fortnight, or whatever
-the time allowed may be, and green the next. Towards the end of the
-second period the indicator is searched for the first colour, and the
-“overdues” noted. The main defect of the Elliot indicator lies in the
-danger which exists of readers’ tickets being placed in the wrong spaces,
-when they are practically lost.
-
-The “Cotgreave” indicator, invented by Mr. Alfred Cotgreave, now
-librarian of West Ham, London, differs from the Elliot in principle and
-appearance, and is more economical in the space required. It consists of
-an iron frame, divided into columns of 100 by means of wooden uprights
-and tin slides; but has numbered blank books in every space, instead of
-an alternation of numbered uprights and spaces. Into each space is fitted
-a movable metal case, cloth-covered, containing a miniature ledger ruled
-to carry a record of borrowers’ numbers and dates of issue. These cases
-are turned up at each end, thus [Illustration], and the book-number
-appears at one end on a red ground and at the other on a blue ground.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 10.[8]—COTGREAVE’S INDICATOR]
-
-The blue end is shown to the public to indicate books _in_, and the
-red end to indicate books _out_. The ordinary method of working it is
-as follows: The borrower, having found the number of the book wanted
-indicated _in_ (blue), asks for it by number at the counter, and hands
-over his ticket. The assistant, having procured the book, next withdraws
-the indicator-book and enters in the first blank space the reader’s
-ticket-number and the date, reverses the little ledger to show the
-number _out_, and leaves in it the borrower’s card; stamps or writes
-the date on the issue-label of the book, and gives it to the reader. On
-return the indicator number is simply turned round, and the borrower
-receives back his card. “Overdues” can be shown by means of coloured
-clips, or by having the borrowers’ cards shaped or coloured, and issues
-are recorded on day-sheets, or by means of application forms. There
-are, however, endless ways of working both the Elliot and Cotgreave
-indicators, though there is only space to describe the most elementary
-forms. Like every other department of library work, the working of an
-indicator-charging system will bear careful thought, and leave room
-for original developments. The “Duplex” indicator, invented by Mr. A.
-W. Robertson, librarian of Aberdeen, has several novel features which
-call for attention. A full-sized Duplex indicator occupies 5 ft. 4 in.
-of counter space for every 2000 numbers, while a smaller pattern for a
-similar number occupies 3 ft. 8 in. of counter space, both being 4 ft.
-high, and is a frame fitted with slides in the manner of the Cotgreave
-and Elliot indicators. It is also a catalogue, and the numbers and
-titles of books are given on the blocks which fit into numbered spaces.
-Each block has a removable and reversible sheet for carrying a record
-consisting of borrower’s number, number in ticket-register, and date of
-issue. The borrowers’ cards are made of wood, and also bear a removable
-slip for noting the numbers of books read. When a book is asked for the
-assistant proceeds first to the indicator and removes the block, which
-bears on its surface the location marks and accession number of the
-book, and on one end the number and title of the book; the other being
-coloured red to indicate _out_, but also bearing the number. He then
-carries the reader’s number on to the block, and having got and issued
-the book, leaves the block and card on a tray. This is all that is done
-at the moment of issue, and it is simple enough, all the registration
-being postponed till another time. The assistant who does this takes a
-tray of blocks and cards and sits down in front of the ticket-register,
-which is a frame divided into compartments, consecutively numbered up
-to five hundred or more, and bearing the date of issue. He then selects
-a card and block, carries the book-number on to the borrower’s card,
-and the number of the first vacant ticket-register compartment, with
-the date, on to the book block, and leaves the borrower’s card in the
-register. Probably the statistical returns will also be made up at this
-time. The blocks are then placed reversed in the indicator, and so are
-shown out to the public. When a book is returned, the assistant proceeds
-to the indicator to turn the block, and while doing so notes the date and
-register number, and then removes and returns the borrower’s card. By
-this process the ticket-register is gradually weeded, till on the expiry
-of the period during which books can be kept without fine, all tickets
-remaining are removed to the overdue register, which bears the same
-date, and are placed in its compartments according to the order of the
-ticket-register. A slip bearing those numbers is pinned down the side of
-the overdue register so that defaulters can easily be found.
-
-These are the principal points in the three best indicators yet
-invented, and it only remains to note their differences. The Elliot
-indicator system makes the charge to the borrower, and preserves no
-permanent record of book issues apart from the label in the book itself.
-The Cotgreave system charges the borrower to the book, and _does_ keep
-a permanent record of the issues. The “Duplex” system shows who has
-had a certain book, what books a certain reader has had, in addition
-to a record on the book itself similar to that kept with the Elliot
-and Cotgreave systems, but only in a temporary manner. So far as
-permanency of record is concerned the Cotgreave is the only indicator
-which keeps this in itself. The reading done by borrowers is not shown
-in a satisfactory manner by any of the three systems, as worked in
-their elementary stages, and the Elliot and Duplex records are only
-available when the readers’ tickets are in the library _and their places
-known_. Much difference of opinion exists among librarians as regards
-the necessity for a double entry charging system, many experienced
-men holding that a simple record of the issues of a book is all that
-is required. Others are equally positive that a separate record of a
-borrower’s reading is only a logical outcome of the spirit of public
-library work, which aims at preserving, as well as compiling, full
-information touching public use and requirements. In this view the
-writer agrees, and strongly recommends every young librarian to avoid
-the slipshod, and go in heart and soul for thoroughness. A simple double
-record of borrowers’ reading and books read, which will give as little
-trouble to the public as possible, is much required, and will repay the
-attention bestowed on it by the young librarian. Where application slips
-are used, which give book- and borrower-numbers, it is a simple matter
-compiling a daily record of the reading done by each borrower. At several
-libraries where Cotgreave’s indicator is used, it is done by the process
-of pencilling the number of the book taken out on to a card bearing the
-reader’s number. These cards form a numerical register of borrowers, and
-are posted up from the application forms.
-
-Before leaving the subject of charging systems let it again be strongly
-urged that no system of charging should be adopted without a careful
-thinking-out of the whole question; giving due consideration of the
-matters before raised, at counters (p. 10) and above, touching space and
-public convenience in the use of indicators. Though it is claimed for
-the indicator that it reduces friction between assistant and public,
-facilitates service, and secures impartiality, it should be remembered
-that it is expensive; occupies much space; abolishes most of the helpful
-relations between readers and staff; quickens service only to the staff;
-and after all is not infallible in its working, especially when used
-without any kind of cross-check such as is afforded by application forms
-and separate records of issues to borrowers.
-
-Reference library charging is usually accomplished by placing the
-reader’s application in the place vacated by the book asked for, and
-removing and signing it on return. In some libraries these slips are kept
-for statistical purposes; in others they are returned to the reader as a
-sort of receipt; and in others, again, the form has a detachable portion
-which is used for the same purpose. In some libraries two different
-colours of slips are used to facilitate the examination of the shelves on
-the morning after the issues.
-
-
-CATALOGUING APPARATUS.
-
-In this section will be noticed only catalogue-holders, or
-accession-frames, together with any mechanical apparatus used in the
-production of catalogues. Cabinets for holding card-catalogues are made
-in a variety of styles, some being drawers fitted into the fronts of
-counters, and others being independent stands of drawers. The usual style
-of cabinet at present used provides for the cards being strung through
-oval or rounded holes on to brass rods, which are fixed, to prevent
-readers from removing them and so upsetting the order of the cards. The
-drawers themselves are made to pull out only as far as necessary, in
-order to prevent careless users from pulling them out altogether and
-working destruction to both fittings and arrangement. The construction
-of these cabinets should only be entrusted to skilled workmen, and only
-oak, walnut, or other hard woods should be used. As every librarian has
-his or her own opinion as to how such cabinets should be made and their
-contents safeguarded, it will be best to refer inquirers to examples
-of such catalogues in actual work, in different styles, at Liverpool,
-Newcastle-on-Tyne, Nottingham; the Royal College of Surgeons, Guildhall,
-Battersea, St. Martin-in-the-Fields, and Clerkenwell, London, and
-elsewhere. A special cabinet is made by Messrs. Stone of Banbury, Oxon.,
-but its safeguards require to be improved. A half-falling front locked on
-to the rod which secures the cards is a very simple and effective plan
-of keeping order in isolated cabinets. In cases where the backs of the
-drawers are get-at-able from the staff side of the counter, even more
-simple methods of securing the cards, while giving every facility in the
-way of making additions, can be adopted. Projecting guides to show in
-index style the whereabouts of particular parts of the alphabet should be
-made either of tin or linen-mounted cards. Tin lasts best, although the
-lettering sometimes rubs off. Nothing will satisfy a librarian, who has a
-card-catalogue in contemplation, so much as the comparison of the kinds
-adopted in different libraries. The chief objection to card cabinets
-or drawers is the insurmountable one of limitation to public use being
-fixed by the number of drawers or cabinets. With drawers in a counter
-front one consulter monopolises one drawer, while with tiers of three
-or four drawers in cabinet form never more than two persons can use it
-with any comfort. The exposure of only one title at a time is another
-serious drawback, while the peculiar daintiness of touch requisite for
-the proper manipulation of the cards makes the use of the catalogue a
-labour and a perplexity to working people with hardened finger-tips. We
-think it likely, therefore, that catalogues in a large series of handy
-guard-books, or in volumes or boxes provided with an arrangement for
-inserting slips of additions, will in the future come to be recognised
-as that best adapted for general use. A card-catalogue for staff use
-ought in any case to be kept, either in boxes or covered trays. Another
-catalogue appliance is the accession-frame, or device for making public
-all recent additions to the library. Of these there are several, but
-we need only mention a few as typical of the rest. At some libraries
-a glazed case with shelves is placed on the counter, and in this new
-books are displayed with their titles towards the public. It seems to
-work very well, and has been used with success at Birmingham, Lambeth,
-and elsewhere, to make known different classes of literature which are
-not so popular as they should be. Liverpool has, or had, a series of
-frames in which were movable blocks carrying the titles of additions,
-and at Rotherham a somewhat similar plan has been adopted. Cardiff
-shows additions in a frame holding title cards which can be removed by
-readers and handed over the counter as demand notes. Guard-books like
-those in use at the British Museum are common, both for additions and
-general catalogues; while cards or leaves in volumes laced on cords or
-rods have been used at Manchester, in Italy, and generally in Europe
-and America. A neat box with falling sides for holding catalogue cards
-is used in the University Library of Giessen in Germany, and seems well
-adapted for staff use, or for private and proprietary libraries. Latest
-of all is the ingenious cylindrical catalogue-holder or stand invented by
-Mr. Mason, of St. Martin-in-the-Fields, London. It consists of a broad
-revolving cylinder, upon the outer rim of which are placed a number of
-wooden bars, each wide enough to take a written or printed author and
-title entry. These bars are movable, being designed to slide round the
-whole circumference of the cylinder, so that additions can be inserted
-at any part of the alphabet. Each bar represents a book-title, and the
-plan of using is that the titles of additions should be mounted on the
-bars, leaving spaces for additions, and so afford a convenient and easily
-worked accession list in strict alphabetical order. The cylinder is
-intended to be fixed in a counter front or special stand, and to be all
-covered in with the exception of a portion about equal to the size of
-a demy octavo page, which will show under glass. The reader turns the
-cylinder round to the part of the alphabet he wants by simply turning
-a handle, and so the whole is shown to him without any waste of public
-space.
-
-
-COPYING MACHINES.
-
-Typewriters for cataloguing or listing purposes are making slow progress
-in public libraries; but it is unquestionable that before long they will
-be introduced into every large library. Their advantages are many, among
-them being greater speed, neatness, and clearness; not to speak of the
-attention always bestowed by the public on printed titles or notices as
-compared with written ones. If many copies of a list of “books wanted”
-should be required, the typewriter will make a stencil on waxed paper
-from which can be printed hundreds of copies. If three or six copies of
-any title or document are required the typewriter will print them all
-at once. For card-catalogues it is better to print two or three copies
-of a title at once, and mount them on cards afterwards, making one the
-author and another the subject entry. The best machines are those called
-“type-bar” writers, the principle of which is that a circle or row of
-rods carrying types at the ends, operated by a key like a pianoforte,
-is made to strike on a common centre, so that a piece of paper fastened
-at the point of contact is printed by being simply jerked along. The
-various mechanical devices employed to achieve the different requirements
-of printing are ingenious, but vary more or less in every machine. The
-following machines are recommended for trial before a choice is made:
-the Bar-lock, the Caligraph, the Hammond, the Remington, and the Yost.
-Any of the manufacturers or agents will allow a week or fortnight’s
-free trial of the machines, and this is the most satisfactory way of
-deciding. Recommendations of friends and agents alike should be ignored,
-and the librarian should trust to his own liking in the matter. After
-all is said, there is really very little difference, as regards cost and
-manipulation, in the best machines, and the matter resolves itself into a
-question of meeting the requirements of a particular operator or purpose.
-In the Bar-lock the type-bars strike downwards through a narrow inked
-ribbon. There is a separate key for each type. In the Caligraph the bars
-strike upwards through a broad ink ribbon, and the key-board is arranged
-with capitals down each side and the lower case letters in the middle.
-The Hammond is not a type-bar machine, but has two sizes of type on
-different holders which are exchangeable and is operated by keys carrying
-the names of two or three letters. The type-holder is struck by a striker
-working from behind, and the letter is impressed on the paper through
-an inked ribbon. The keys alter the position of the holder to bring the
-proper letter or figure against the striker. Cards can be printed more
-easily by the Hammond than by the other machines. The Remington, which
-has had the longest career, has a single key-board, each key representing
-two letters or figures. The bars strike upwards, and the construction of
-the instrument is excellent. The Yost is a light and compact machine,
-which prints direct from an ink pad on to the paper. It has a separate
-key for each type, and a very good arrangement for spacing or inserting
-missed letters.
-
-Other copying or manifolding machines for manuscript are the Cyclostyle,
-Mimeograph, and Trypograph. The two former are perhaps most useful in
-libraries; the Mimeograph being best for manifolding along with the
-typewriter. The ordinary screw letter copying press is a necessary
-adjunct of every librarian’s office, but in libraries with small incomes
-an “Anchor” copying press, costing about 12s. 6d., will be found to serve
-all ordinary purposes.
-
-
-FILES, BOXES, BOOK-HOLDERS, STAMPS, &c.
-
-Letter files are made in a great variety of styles, from the spiked
-wire to the elaborate and systematic index of the Amberg and Shannon
-Companies. A useful series of cheap document files are made by Messrs.
-John Walker & Co. of London, and comprise manilla paper and cloth
-envelope, and box files for alphabetical arrangement, to hold papers
-about 11 × 9 inches, &c. The collapsing accordion files are also made by
-this firm. Single alphabetical files to hold some hundreds of documents
-are supplied by the Amberg and Shannon File Companies in neat box form at
-a small cost; and both these makers can supply file-cabinets of any size
-or for any purpose, so far as the preservation of documents is concerned.
-Any of the above-named are preferable to the ordinary wire and binder
-files which pierce and tear documents without keeping them in get-at-able
-order. Sheet-music and prints are best preserved in flat boxes with lids
-and falling fronts, though the former, if kept at all, is best bound in
-volumes. Print boxes are preferable to portfolios because they are not
-so apt to crush their contents, and certainly afford a better protection
-from dust. Pamphlet boxes are made in many styles: some with hinged lids
-and falling fronts as in the illustration, Fig. 11; some with book-shaped
-backs and hinged ends, and others in two parts.
-
-Most librarians prefer the cloth-covered box with hinged lid and falling
-front, which can be made in any form by all box-makers. The kind shown
-in the illustration above are manufactured by Messrs. Fincham & Co.
-of London; but others with a uniformly-sized rim are made in Glasgow,
-Bradford, and Manchester. Messrs. Marlborough & Co. of London supply
-boxes made in two parts. For filing unbound magazines and serials the
-cloth-covered boxes with lids and flaps are most convenient. They
-should be made of wood when intended for large periodicals like the
-_Graphic_ or _Era_. American cloth or canvas wrappers are sometimes used
-for preserving periodicals previous to binding, but boxes will, in the
-long run, be found most economical, cleanly and easily used. There are
-various kinds of binders made for holding a year’s numbers of certain
-periodicals, in which the parts are either laced with cords or secured by
-wires to the back. The difficulty with these seems to be that necessary
-expansion is not always provided against by the appliances supplied.
-Newspapers intended for binding are usually kept on racks and protected
-from dust by American cloth or pasteboard wrappers. In other cases a
-month’s papers are laced on perforated wooden bars and kept in rolls.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 11.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 12.]
-
-Stitching machines are sometimes used for periodicals, and though
-probably quicker than ordinary needle and thread sewing, have certain
-drawbacks which make their use worthy of some deliberation. In the first
-place a good machine is expensive and somewhat liable to get out of
-order, and in the second place the wires used for the stitching very
-often rust, and cause much trouble to the binder both because of the
-tearing of the periodicals and the difficulty of their removal.
-
-[Illustration: FIGS. 13-14.]
-
-Reference might be made here to the “Fauntleroy” magazine case designed
-by Mr. Chivers of Bath, in which an ingenious and neat brass fastener is
-substituted for elastic or leather thongs.
-
-[Illustration: FIGS. 15-16.]
-
-Application forms are sometimes strung in bundles and left hanging or
-lying about, but boxes made to their size and provided with thumb-holes
-in the sides will be found more convenient and tidy. Various sorts of
-holders are made for keeping books erect on the shelves or on tables,
-among which the kinds illustrated above are probably best known. The
-one shown in Fig. 12, manufactured by Walker & Co. of London, makes
-an extremely useful device for arranging cards or slips, as it can be
-adjusted to any space from ¼ of an inch. The others are best adapted
-for ordinary shelf use. Figs. 13-14 are made by Messrs. Braby & Co.
-of Deptford, London, and Messrs. Lewis & Grundy of Nottingham. Figs.
-15-16 were designed by Mr. Mason, one of the secretaries of the Library
-Association, and are supplied by Messrs. Wake & Dean of London.
-
-
-STAMPS, SEALS, &c.
-
-In addition to labels on the boards, it is usual in public libraries to
-stamp the name of the institution on certain fixed places throughout
-books, in order to simplify identification in cases of loss, and to deter
-intending pilferers from stealing. Metal and rubber ink stamps have
-been in use for a long time, and are doubtless the simplest to apply
-and cheapest to procure. The ordinary aniline inks supplied with these
-stamps are not reliable, as they can be quite easily removed by the aid
-of various chemicals. The best ink for the purpose which can be used is
-printing ink, but unfortunately it is difficult to apply and takes a very
-long time to dry thoroughly. The best substitute appears to be the ink
-for rubber stamps manufactured by Messrs. Stephens of London, which is
-not by any means so easily removed as the purely aniline kinds. Embossing
-stamps are perhaps more satisfactory as regards indelibility than any
-of those just mentioned, but they are generally somewhat clumsy in make
-and slow in application. The best method of marking books to indicate
-proprietorship and to insure impossibility of removal is by the use
-of a perforating stamp, which will bite several pages at once without
-disfiguring the book. Most of the kinds at present made are rather
-awkward, but there seems no reason why a handy perforator in the shape of
-a pair of pincers should not be well within the mechanical abilities of
-the average embossing stamp maker. The difficulty with perforating stamps
-will always be that of having sufficient points to make the letters clear
-without being too large. Dating stamps for lending library labels can
-be had in revolving form for continuous use, or in small galleys which
-can be altered from day to day. The latter are cheaper and more easily
-applied. Seals for public library Boards which are incorporated can be
-procured of any engraver at prices ranging from £5 to £50 according to
-design and elaboration. Those in lever presses are just as effective as
-those in screw presses.
-
-
-LADDERS, &c.
-
-Ladders should always be shod with rubber or leather at the foot to
-prevent slipping, and an arrangement like that shown in the illustration
-will be found of service in preventing books from being pushed back
-in the shelves. The hinged top and top shelf are the invention of Mr.
-MacAlister, one of the secretaries of the Library Association, and the
-shelf for the books being replaced or taken down was first used at the
-Kensington Public Library, London. If steps are used instead of ladders
-they should be made with treads on both sides so that assistants need
-not turn them about before using. Lightness is a very desirable quality
-both in steps and ladders, and should be aimed at before durability.
-There is nothing more tiresome than having to drag about a heavy pair
-of steps, and the assistants who are entirely free from them have to be
-congratulated.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 17.]
-
-In some large libraries trucks are used for the conveyance of heavy
-volumes. The light truck, covered with leather on the surfaces where
-books rest, such as is used in the British Museum, will be found very
-useful. Reference might be made here to the ingenious carrier invented
-by Miss James of the People’s Palace Library, London, for the purpose of
-conveying books from the galleries to the service counter in the middle
-of the floor. This consists of a box running on a wire cable, and worked
-by means of an endless cord and a wheel. For the peculiar purpose for
-which it was designed it seems to be very satisfactory. There are many
-other forms of lifts in use for lowering books from galleries, but very
-few of them are of general application. In certain parishes in London
-enamelled iron tablets directing to the library have been suspended from
-the ladder-bars of the street lamps, to show strangers the whereabouts
-of the institution. These are effective as a means of advertising the
-library, and might be used for a similar purpose in all large towns.
-
-
-BOOKS OF RECORD.
-
-For maintaining a permanent register of the different kinds of work
-accomplished in libraries a great number of books are used, the varieties
-of which are as numerous as charging systems. It would serve no useful
-purpose to describe all of these books, much less their variations,
-and so we shall content ourselves by taking a few typical specimens as
-representative of all the rest. As the names of these various books
-sufficiently describe their purpose, it will only be necessary to briefly
-indicate the uses of the more obscure kinds and give occasional rulings
-in explanation of the others.
-
-The =minute book= contains a complete history of the work of the library
-as far as the proceedings of the Library Board is concerned, and in many
-cases it is really a succinct record of all the most important operations
-of the institution. It should be well bound in morocco or other strong
-leather, and should consist of good quality paper ruled faint and margin,
-and paged. The =agenda book= forms the necessary accompaniment of the
-minutes, and is a sort of draft minute book in which all the business to
-come before the meeting is entered. A plain foolscap folio book, ruled
-faint only, will serve for this purpose. The business is generally
-entered on one side of the folio and the resolutions of the meeting on
-the other. To save possible misunderstandings the chairman ought to enter
-the decisions of the Board himself, after reading them over, and the
-minutes should be compiled from this record rather than from separate
-notes made by the clerk. The business books of public libraries are not
-often kept by the librarian, except in London where the duties of clerk
-are usually conjoined. For that reason it is perhaps needless to do more
-than name the cash book, ledger, petty cash book, cash receipt book, and
-postage book as the principal records maintained for financial purposes.
-Many librarians unite their issue and receipts from fines books, while
-others keep separate records; but it is best for beginners to keep their
-cash affairs strictly apart, and in the ordinary fashion of good business
-houses. The =donation book= is the record of all books, prints, maps,
-or other gifts to the library, ruled to show the following particulars:
-Author and Title | Vols. and Date | Name and Address of Donor | Date of
-Receipt | Date of Acknowledgment | and, sometimes, the library number.
-Some libraries have this book with a counterfoil, in which a double
-entry is made, and the detachable portion is torn off to form a thanks
-circular. This is a very convenient style of register.
-
-=Proposition book= and =suggestion book=. In many cases these are nothing
-more than plain faint ruled folio volumes, in which readers are allowed
-to enter suggestions of new books or on the management of the library.
-Often, however, the proposition book is ruled to carry the following
-particulars: Book proposed | Publisher and Price | Date of Publication |
-Name and Address of Proposer | Decision of Committee | Date or Number of
-Order |. In other cases a form is supplied to readers desirous of making
-suggestions of any sort. =Contract= or =estimate books= are not always
-used, but the young librarian will find it of the greatest convenience
-to keep a chronological record of every estimate received for work to
-be done in the library. A guard book in which can be pasted the various
-tenders received, or an ordinary plain ruled one in which they can be
-entered, will be found a perfect treasury of assistance in many cases.
-An index at the beginning or end can easily be made. =Inventory books=
-are intended to furnish a complete record of all the library property,
-showing when, from whom, and at what cost every item of furniture,
-fitting, stationery, &c., was procured. It can be kept in a specially
-ruled book, or in a faint ruled folio, classified to show the different
-kinds of supplies. When re-ordering or reckoning up the duration of
-supplies, this book will be found of the greatest use. As a record of
-prices it is also valuable. =Invoice books= are sometimes kept in two
-forms: first, as mere guard books in which paid invoices are pasted;
-and second, as chronological records of every lot of books received by
-purchase or donation. This very often saves much trouble in fixing the
-routine in which books should be dealt with when being prepared for
-public use. The ordinary ruling is as follows: Date of Receipt | Name of
-Donor or Vendor | First Word of Invoice | No. of Vols. | Total Cost |
-Remarks |. In addition to these columns some librarians add spaces for
-marking with initials when every process connected with the preparation
-of the books has been finished. =Location books= are used only with the
-movable system of shelving books and are long narrow volumes ruled to
-hold 50 lines on a folio, with the numbers written or printed down one
-side, generally running from 1 to 10,000. The specimen ruling will show
-this plainly.
-
- 501-550
-
- +-----+---------------+-----------------------+
- | No. | Location. | Author and Title. |
- +-----+---------------+-----------------------+
- | 501 | | |
- | 02 | | |
- | 03 | | |
-
-The first new book awaiting treatment of course receives the first
-unappropriated number. Some location books give additional particulars,
-such as a column for the date of accession of books, which is often
-required when spaces are left for continued sets of a series. The =stock
-book= in most libraries forms a numerical catalogue of accessions in the
-order of their receipt; giving particulars of edition, binding, vendor or
-donor, price, and other information. It is, therefore, the most valuable
-record kept by the library, if the minute book is excepted. Some are
-classified, others classify the books in separate columns, while a few
-keep the classification in a different book. The following selection
-of headings will show the variety of rulings in use. At Bradford a
-classified stock book is used, and it is ruled thus:—
-
- (PRESS)
- 850-899. CLASS.
- +-------+------++-----------------------+--------+
- | DATE. | BOOK || TITLE. AUTHOR. | STOCK |
- | | NO. || |BOOK NO.|
- +-------+------++-----------------------+--------+
- | | 850 || | |
- | | 851 || | |
- | | 852 || | |
- | | || | |
- | | || | |
- | | || | |
-
-The last column refers to a book in which purchases are entered with a
-consecutive numbering, and is an index to the accession of the volumes,
-while the stock book shown above is primarily a _place_ book. It is thus
-rather a shelf register than a record of accession of stock. The Mitchell
-Library, Glasgow, uses the following headings: Date of Receipt | Author
-and Title | Language | Number | Class Letter | Number of Vols. | New Work
-or Continuation | Book or Pamphlet | Size | Place of Publication | Date
-of Publication | Condition when Received | Donor, if Presented | Price,
-if Purchased | Discount | Vendor | Collation | Special Collections |
-Remarks |. Various Modifications of this stock book are used in different
-libraries. At Manchester a much briefer description is given, namely:
-Date when Received | Author | Title | No. of Vols. | No. of Pamphlets |
-Class | Size | Place of Publication | Date when Published | Condition
-when Received | Donor, if Presented | Price, if Purchased | Vendor, if
-Purchased | Remarks |. In this book no provision seems to be made for the
-number which directs to the place of books or their order of accession.
-The stock book used at Lambeth classifies as it goes along, and has
-headings as follows:
-
- | Stock Number | Shelf Number | Author and Title | Volumes | Condition |
- | 7501 | B 1874 | | | |
-
- | | How Acquired |
- | +--------+-------+-----------+
- Vendor or Donor | Price | Bought | Given | News Room |
-
- Classification. | |
- A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. | Remarks |
-
-This is intended for lending library books. For reference libraries the
-dates of publication and other particulars of edition would be given. At
-Liverpool and Chelsea a cumulative system of classifying is used, which
-is shown in the following sample: | Date Received | Author | Title | No.
-of Vols. | Size | Place of Publication | Date of Publication | Bound in
-| Class | Number | Donor or Vendor | Price | Net Total | Class Accession
-Number | Accession Number | Remarks |.
-
-With stock books of the Glasgow pattern a classification book is
-commonly used, in which are entered abstracts of classes, books,
-pamphlets, purchases, gifts, works as distinguished from volumes, special
-collections, totals, &c., page by page. Accuracy is almost inevitable
-by this method, owing to the numerous cross checks provided. In some
-libraries separate stock books are kept for periodicals and annual
-publications, but the principle in all is similar to the ordinary
-stock book. It only remains to add that, as stock books are records of
-some importance and permanency, they ought to be made of the very best
-materials. The =shelf register=, as the name indicates, is the volume
-in which a list of the books is kept, in the order of their arrangement
-on the shelves. Such registers are only required for the fixed plan of
-location. The most elementary form simply gives the | Press Mark | Author
-and Title | No. of Vols. | Stock, Progressive, or Consecutive Number |;
-the last referring to the entry in the accessions or stock book. Others
-are much more elaborate, being really varieties of classified stock
-books, and giving particulars of edition, price, &c. The main uses of
-the shelf catalogue or register are to fix the numbers of new books, and
-to afford a ready means of taking stock. The varieties of this book are
-practically endless, and we shall only give two other specimens:—
-
- Press No. _________________
- Shelf Letter ______________
-
- +------------+--------+-------------+---------+--------+--------+-------+
- | Date of | Shelf | Progressive | Author. | Short | Place. | Date. |
- | Accession. | Order. | Number. | | Title. | | |
- | | | | | | | |
- | | | | | | | |
-
-and
-
- +----------+---------+---------+----------------+-----------+
- | Remarks. | Number. | Author. | Title of Book. | Admitted. |
- | | | | | |
- | | | | | |
-
-=Duplicate registers= give particulars of the accession of duplicate
-books, and their destination if sold or exchanged. =Order= and =letter
-books= are usually just separate copying books, but frequently the former
-are kept with counterfoils, and sometimes separate ruled forms are used,
-and simply copied into an ordinary tissue letter book. =Binding books=
-or sheets record the volumes sent out for binding or repair, and usually
-note the following particulars:—
-
- Manchester. Date of Sending.
-
- | Press Mark | Title of Book for Lettering | Date of Return |
- Binder’s Charge |.
-
- Bradford. Date of Sending.
-
- | Style | Book Number | Title | Price |.
-
- Mitchell Library, Glasgow. Date of Sending.
-
- | Instruction | Lettering | Date of Return |.
-
-=Borrowers’= and =guarantors’ registers= are sometimes kept in books,
-but often on cards, which are the most convenient. They register names,
-addresses, period of borrowing right, and guarantors in one case, and
-names, addresses, and persons guaranteed in the other. In some libraries
-a record of each borrower’s reading is posted on to his card from the
-book application forms.
-
-=Periodical receipt and check books= are for marking off the current
-numbers of newspapers and magazines as received from the newsagent,
-and for checking them each morning as they lie on the tables or racks.
-Ruled sheets and cards are also used for the same purpose. They usually
-consist of lists of monthly, weekly, daily, and other periodicals,
-with rulings to show dates of receipt or finding covering a period of
-one to six months. =Issue books=, for recording the issues of books in
-libraries, are designed in many styles, each having reference to the
-particular requirements of a certain institution. Generally, however, the
-particulars preserved include: | Date | No. of Vols. Issued by Classes |
-Totals | Weekly or Monthly Average |. Many give the number of visits to
-newsrooms and reading-rooms, while others include the amounts received
-from fines, sale of catalogues, &c. One issue book is usually ruled to
-show the work accomplished in every department, but many libraries keep
-separate registers for lending and reference departments. In towns where
-there are a number of branch libraries the returns of issues, &c.,
-are often recorded in a very elaborate and complete fashion. The day
-book or issue ledger has already been referred to under ledger charging
-systems, but in addition to these there is an endless variety of daily
-issue sheets, some simple and some very complex. It would be useless to
-give patterns of these, as the whole question of their adoption hinges
-on the main system by which each library is managed. =Work books=,
-=time book= and =sheets=, =scrap books=, and =lost and found registers=
-are sufficiently described by their names. The two first are for staff
-management, and in large libraries are absolutely necessary; the work
-book for noting the duties of each assistant, and the time book or sheet
-for recording times of arrival and departure from duty. Lost and found
-registers record thefts, mutilations, or other abstractions of library
-property, and dates and descriptions of articles found on the premises.
-These are, roughly speaking, the most necessary books of record required
-in the administration of a public library, but many others exist which
-have been designed for special purposes. The Museum of the Association
-contains specimens of many of the books above named, and librarians
-are, as a rule, glad to show what they have in the way of novelties or
-variations from standard patterns.
-
-
-FORMS AND STATIONERY.
-
-Here again selection is difficult, owing to the perplexing quantity and
-variety of forms, and we shall, with as little comment as possible,
-merely give specimens or indicate uses.
-
-_Precept forms_ are the requisitions for the library rate presented by
-London Commissioners to the Local Boards or Vestries.
-
-_Public notices_, _rules_, &c., should be boldly printed and displayed in
-glazed frames.
-
-Requisition forms are in use in a few of the larger libraries. They
-are filled up and submitted to the Library Committee when supplies are
-wanted. They seem rather a useless formality where an agenda book is kept.
-
-_Thanks circulars_ or _acknowledgment forms_ usually bear the arms of the
-library, and are engraved on quarto sheets of good paper. Many libraries
-use a simple post-card with a very curt acknowledgment. Others use
-perforated receipt books or donation books with counterfoils, like those
-previously described.
-
-_Labels_ and _book-plates_ for the inside of the boards of books in
-addition to the name and arms of the library often bear location marks
-and book numbers, or the names of donors. Paste holds them better
-than gum, and is much cleaner. An engraved bookplate of any artistic
-pretension should be dated and signed by designer and engraver. It is
-to be regretted that more of our large reference libraries do not use
-photographic or other reproductions of views of their best rooms for this
-purpose. The town’s arms are inappropriate and meaningless, while the
-library interior is of historical interest and germane to the object held
-in view, namely, marking suitably to indicate ownership.
-
-_Issues_ and _rule-labels_ are chiefly used in lending libraries, though
-some reference libraries have labels on which the dates of issues are
-noted. The issue-labels must be ruled to suit the system of charging
-adopted, the ledger systems as a rule requiring something more than mere
-date slips. The rule-labels usually bear an abstract of the library rules
-applicable to the borrowing of books.
-
-_Vouchers_ for lending library borrowers must, of course, be arranged
-according to the general rules of the library; but in every case the
-agreement should take the form of a declaration: “I, the undersigned,” or
-“I, ________, do hereby,” or “I, ________ of ________, ratepayer in the
-________, do hereby”. A large selection of all kinds of these vouchers
-and applications for the right of borrowing are preserved in the Museum
-of the Library Association. Most librarians bind the vouchers when filled
-up and numbered in convenient volumes, or mount them in blank books.
-
-_Borrowers’ tickets_ or _cards_ also are entirely governed by the system
-of charging as regards shape, size, and material. Millboard, pasteboard,
-leather, wood, and cloth are all used. In cases where borrowers are
-allowed to retain their cards when they have books out it is advisable to
-have them rather strongly made, or else provide cases, especially when
-the right of borrowing extends over two years.
-
-_Receipts for fines_, &c., may either be in books of numbered and priced
-tickets—1d., 2d., 3d., 6d., &c.—or in perforated counterfoil books with
-running numbers. Both kinds are extensively used, as well as tissue books
-with carbonised paper, similar to those seen in drapers’ shops.
-
-_Application forms for books_ exist in many varieties, but chiefly in
-connection with reference libraries. The number of lending libraries
-which use the application slips is as yet comparatively small, but there
-are indications pointing to a more general adoption of this appliance,
-especially where indicators are used. Some reference libraries have an
-elaborate application in duplicate, one part being retained when the
-transaction is complete, and the other returned to the borrower. The plan
-adopted in the British Museum of charging assistants with issues, and
-returning the readers’ applications, is not recommended for imitation.
-The very special arrangements of the Museum require special means of
-working, which are not suitable for general adoption. On reference
-library applications, in addition to the usual admonitory sentences as
-to books being only for use on the premises, &c., it is customary to ask
-for the book number or its press mark, author and title, volumes wanted,
-reader’s name and address, and date. In addition most libraries include a
-space for the initials of the assistant who issues and replaces the book,
-while some ask for the ages and professions of readers. Lending library
-applications need be no more elaborate than this:—
-
- +-------------------------------------------------+
- | ________ PUBLIC LIBRARY. |
- +---------------------+---------------------------+
- | NO. OF BOOK WANTED. | NO. OF BORROWER’S TICKET. |
- +---------------------+---------------------------+
- | | |
- | | |
- | | |
- | | DATE. |
- | | |
- +---------------------+---------------------------+
-
-Or this:—
-
- ________ PUBLIC LIBRARY.
-
- LENDING DEPARTMENT.
-
- ------------+--------------------------------+------------—
- BOOK NUMBER.|AUTHOR AND TITLE OF BOOK WANTED.|TICKET NUMBER.
- ------------+--------------------------------+------------—
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- ------------+--------------------------------+------------—
- | DATE. | VOLS. ISSUED.
-
-Renewal slips and post-cards, and bespoke cards or forms require no
-description.
-
-_Information circulars_ and _readers’ handbooks_ are becoming more and
-more general, and many useful documents of the kind have been issued.
-The object of all is to direct attention to the library, its uses, and
-contents, while making more public the rules, newspapers taken, hours of
-opening, &c. The little handbooks issued from Manchester, Boston (U.S.),
-Glasgow, and elsewhere, are models.
-
-The barest reference will suffice for such articles as book-marks,
-cloth or paper, overdue notices and post-cards, issue returns, branch
-library returns, infectious diseases notification forms, and stock-taking
-returns, all of which are almost explained by their names. It should be
-stated as a curious fact that very many persons object to having notices
-of overdue books or defaulting borrowers sent on post-cards, while others
-think a charge for the postage of such notices an imposition. Any young
-librarian desirous of obtaining specimens of these or any other forms
-will always be sure to get them on application at the various libraries.
-The Museum, as before stated, contains a number of all kinds of forms.
-
-As regards ordinary STATIONERY it is hardly necessary to say much.
-Note-paper is usually stamped with the library arms, and envelopes
-with the name on the flap. Pens, ink, pencils, rulers, date-cases,
-paper-knives, &c., are all so familiar that it would be waste of time to
-consider them separately. Any intelligent librarian will find endless
-suggestion and profit from a visit to a large stationer’s warehouse, and
-may even pick up wrinkles of some value by keeping his eyes open to the
-adaptability of many articles of manufactured stationery.
-
-
-RECIPES.
-
-_Pastes._ Ordinary flour paste is made by mixing flour and water to the
-consistency of a thin cream, taking care that all knots are rubbed out,
-and boiling over a slow fire with constant stirring until it becomes
-translucent. It can be made of almost any thickness and toughness, and
-by the admixture of a little glue very strong paste is obtained. A few
-drops of oil of cloves, creasote, or corrosive sublimate, or a few grains
-of salicylic acid will preserve flour paste for a long time if it is
-kept in closely covered vessels. The office paste called “Stickphast” is
-a variety of this preparation, and is much better than gum. There are a
-number of firms in London and elsewhere who make flour pastes which will
-keep, and these may be had through any bookbinder or direct from the
-makers at a cost as small as the home-made kinds, and of a much superior
-quality. There are various preparations of starch also used as paste, but
-they are best adapted for mounting photographs. A clean compound called
-“gloy” used to be sold in bottles, and was found useful for mounting fine
-plates or for office purposes. Mr. Zaehnsdorf recommends a paste made of
-rice flour, mixed with cold water and gently boiled, as one admirably
-adapted for delicate work. For all purposes of book patching which can be
-accomplished by the library staff Le Page’s soluble glue will be found
-handier and better than the ordinary kinds.
-
-_Stains_ caused by writing-ink may be removed by (1) Equal quantities of
-lapis calaminaris, common salt, and rock alum, boiled in white wine for
-half-an-hour, and applied with a brush or sponge. (2) A small quantity
-of oxalic or muriatic acid diluted with water, applied with a camel’s
-hair brush, and dried with clean white blotting paper—two applications.
-(3) Solution of oxalic acid and water, after which the leaves should be
-dipped in a weak solution of chloride of lime and water, and thoroughly
-dried, after washing in clean water. (4) Aniline ink stains can be
-sponged off with warm water, or completely removed by a bath of alcohol.
-Grease spots or oil stains can be removed by (1) washing or dabbing
-the part with ether or benzoline, and afterwards placing between white
-blotting paper, over which pass a hot iron. Keep the ether and benzoline
-away from burning lights. (2) Put the leaf between two pieces of white
-blotting paper and carefully apply a hot iron to both sides. (3) When the
-stain is caused by a slice of bacon having been used as a book-mark, or
-by contact with a paraffin lamp, the borrower should be asked to remove
-it and supply a new copy of the work! (4) In general oxalic, citric,
-and tartaric acids are safe agents to use for removing stains in books,
-as they do not affect the letter-press. (5) Water and damp stains are
-removable by the application of boiling water and alum. (6) Foxing may
-be removed by dipping the leaves in a weak solution of hydrochloric
-acid, half ounce of acid to one pint of hot water, or by a weak bath of
-chlorine water. (7) Mud stains will yield to washing in cold water, then
-in a weak solution of muriatic acid, and finally in a weak solution of
-chloride of lime; dry well. For many practical hints on these and other
-subjects, see the admirable _Art of Bookbinding_, by J. W. Zaehnsdorf,
-issued as one of Bell’s “Technological Handbooks”. The receipts given
-in Power’s _Handy Book about Books_, Brannt and Wahl’s _Techno-Chemical
-Receipt Book_, and Cooley’s _Cyclopædia of Practical Receipts_ will also
-repay a little study.
-
-_To repair torn leaves_: lay the torn leaf upon a piece of tissue paper
-of the same colour as the leaf itself. Touch the edges of the torn
-pieces, lightly, with good paste, _applied by the finger_,—bring them
-carefully together in proper position and place on top another piece of
-tissue paper; then put the volume under a heavy weight or in a press and
-leave it till next day. Finally, with great care, tear off the tissue
-paper which will adhere wherever it has touched the paste. The fibres of
-the tissue which remain, together with the paste, result in an almost
-invisible union of the torn fragments.
-
-
-
-
-FOOTNOTES
-
-
-[1] For Figures 1, 3, and 7 we are indebted to Mr. Thomas Greenwood, in
-whose work on Public Libraries they appear.
-
-[2] For Figures 2 and 4 we have to thank Messrs. Wake & Dean, library
-furnishers, London.
-
-[3] We believe the credit of this really most ingenious invention
-belongs to the late Dr. Tyler, one of the founders of Bethnal Green Free
-Library.—EDITORS.
-
-[4] See _Library Chronicle_, vol. iv. p. 88; Library Notes (American);
-and _The Library_, vol. III. p. 414.
-
-[5] An ingenious adaptation of this invention is suggested and described
-by Mr. Lymburn, Librarian of Glasgow University Library—in _The Library_
-for July-August, 1892—EDITORS.
-
-[6] Figures 5, 6, and 8 are inserted by kind permission of Messrs. Hammer
-& Co., library furnishers, London.
-
-[7] For Figures 9, 11, 13, 14, and 17 we are indebted to Mr. Greenwood’s
-work on Public Libraries.
-
-[8] We are obliged to Messrs. Wake & Dean for the Figures Nos. 10, 15 and
-16.
-
-
-
-
-INDEX.
-
-
- Accession frames, 34.
-
- Accessions book, 44;
- (order book), 44.
-
- Acknowledgment forms, 48.
-
- Advertising whereabouts of libraries, 42.
-
- Agenda book, 42.
-
- Alphabetical files, 37.
-
- Amberg files, 37.
-
- Anchor copying press, 37.
-
- Application form boxes, 39.
-
- Application forms for books, 49;
- (lending), 24;
- (reference), 33.
-
- Arm-chairs, 19.
-
- Assistants’ time-book, 48.
-
-
- Bar-lock typewriter, 36.
-
- Battersea P. L. card catalogue, 33.
-
- Bespoke cards and forms, 51.
-
- Bethnal Green L. (sliding cases), 9.
-
- Binder files, 37.
-
- Binding (order) books and sheets, 47.
-
- Birmingham Public Library accession shelves, 34.
-
- Blanks, 48.
-
- Book-cases, 2-6.
-
- Book-cases (arrangement), 6;
- (blinds), 10;
- (British Museum sliding), 8;
- (double), 2;
- (glazed), 10;
- (iron), 8;
- (locked), 10;
- (materials), 6;
- (reference library), 5;
- (revolving), 9;
- (single with ledge), 6;
- (skeleton), 4;
- (wire fronts), 10.
-
- Book-holders, 39.
-
- Book-marks, 51.
-
- Book-plates, 48.
-
- Booking systems, 20.
-
- Books of record, 42.
-
- Borrowers (applications), 24;
- (register), 47;
- (tickets), 49.
-
- Boxes for pamphlets, &c., 37.
-
- Braby & Co.’s book-support, 40.
-
- Bradford P. L. (accessions book), 45;
- (binding order book), 47;
- (charging system), 25.
-
- Branch library returns, 48.
-
- British Museum (issue system), 50;
- (sliding cases), 8.
-
- Burgoyne newspaper holder, 18.
-
- Business books, 43.
-
-
- Caligraph typewriter, 36.
-
- Call slips, 24.
-
- Card catalogues, 33.
-
- Card-charging systems, 25.
-
- Cardiff P. L. accession frame, 34.
-
- Cards for press classification, 10.
-
- Cases for books, 2-6.
-
- Catalogue cabinets, 33.
-
- Cataloguing apparatus, 33.
-
- Chairs, 19.
-
- Charging systems, 20-33.
-
- Chelsea P. L. (charging system), 26;
- (stock book), 46.
-
- Chivers’ magazine case, 39.
-
- Circulars of information, 51.
-
- Classification book, 46.
-
- Classification frames, 9-10.
-
- Clerkenwell P. L. card catalogue, 33.
-
- Cloth-covered boxes, 37.
-
- Contents frames, 9-10.
-
- Contract book, 43.
-
- Copying machines, 35.
-
- Cotgreave’s indicator, 29;
- (periodical rack), 15.
-
- Counters, 10-12.
-
- Counters (card catalogues in), 12;
- (sizes), 11;
- (tills), 11.
-
- Cumming’s newspaper holder, 18.
-
- Cupboards, 12.
-
- Cyclostyle copying machine, 36.
-
- Cylindrical catalogue holder, 35.
-
-
- Daily issue sheets, 48.
-
- Date-labels, 49.
-
- Dating stamps, 40.
-
- Day books, 21.
-
- Day issue sheets, 20.
-
- Demand notes, 24.
-
- Desk-tables, 12.
-
- Desks (reading), 14;
- (staff), 12.
-
- Document files, 37.
-
- Donation book, 43.
-
- Drawers for card catalogues, 33.
-
- Duplex indicator, 30.
-
- Duplicate registers, 47.
-
- Dust protectors, 10.
-
-
- Elliot’s indicator, 27.
-
- Embossing stamps for books, 40.
-
- Enamelled iron lamp tablets, 42.
-
- Enamelled title labels, 9, 18.
-
- Estimate book, 43.
-
-
- Fauntleroy magazine case, 39.
-
- Files, 37.
-
- Fineham & Co.’s pamphlet boxes, 37.
-
- Fine receipt books, 43, 49.
-
- Fittings, 2.
-
- Forms, 48.
-
- Found property register, 48.
-
- Foxing of plates, to remove, 52.
-
- Furniture, 12.
-
-
- Giessen University catalogue case, 35.
-
- Glass-fronted book-cases, 10.
-
- Glass show-cases, 20.
-
- Gloy paste, 52.
-
- Glue (Le Page’s soluble), 52.
-
- Grease stains, to remove, 52.
-
- Guarantor’s register, 47.
-
- Guard-book catalogues, 35.
-
- Guides for card catalogues, 34.
-
- Guildhall Library card catalogue, 33.
-
-
- Hammond typewriter, 36.
-
- Hat racks, 20;
- (rails on chairs), 19.
-
- Hill’s newspaper holder, 18.
-
- Holders for newspapers, 18.
-
-
- Indicators, 27-33.
-
- Information circulars, 51.
-
- Ink stamps for books, 40.
-
- Ink wells, 14.
-
- Inventory book, 43.
-
- Invoice book, 44.
-
- Iron book-cases, 8.
-
- Issue book, 47;
- (labels), 46-49;
- (recording systems), 20;
- (stamps), 24.
-
-
- James’ book carrier, 42.
-
- Journal charging system, 22.
-
-
- Kensington Public Library ladder, 41.
-
- Key cupboards, 12.
-
-
- Labels for books, 48.
-
- Ladders, 41.
-
- Lambeth Public Library (accession shelves), 34;
- (stock book), 45.
-
- Leather for chair legs, 19.
-
- Ledger charging systems, 21.
-
- Lending library application forms, 50.
-
- Lending systems, 20.
-
- Letter book, 47.
-
- Letter copying presses, 37.
-
- Lewis and Grundy’s book-holder, 40.
-
- Lists of wants, 24.
-
- Liverpool Public Library (accession frame), 34;
- (card catalogue), 33;
- (charging system), 26;
- (stock book), 46.
-
- Location book, 44.
-
- London Institution, 15, 26.
-
- Lost property register, 48.
-
- Lucy & Co.’s iron book shelves, 8.
-
- Lupton’s borrowers’ note-book, 24.
-
-
- MacAlister’s shelved ladder, 41.
-
- Magazine racks, 14-17.
-
- Manchester P.L. (binding order book), 47;
- (card catalogue), 35;
- (readers’ handbook), 51;
- (stock book), 45;
- (periodical arrangement), 15.
-
- Manifolding machines, 35-36.
-
- Marlborough pamphlet cases, 37.
-
- Mason’s book-holder, 40;
- (catalogue holder), 35.
-
- Mimeograph copying machine, 36, 37.
-
- Minute book, 42.
-
- Mitchell Library, Glasgow, 12, 15;
- (binding order book), 47;
- (stock book), 45.
-
- Movable location finding register, 44.
-
- Museum cases, 20.
-
- Museum of Library Association, 48, 51.
-
- Music boxes, 37.
-
-
- National Liberal Club, London, 16.
-
- Newspapers (holders), 18;
- (stands), 17-19.
-
- Notices to the public, 48.
-
- Nottingham P. L. card catalogue, 33.
-
- Numbers for shelves, 9.
-
-
- Order book, 47.
-
- Overdue books, detection of, 22, 23, 26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 33;
- (notices), 51.
-
-
- Pamphlet boxes, 37.
-
- Parr’s card-charging system, 26.
-
- Paste for mending, 51.
-
- Pedestal tables, 14.
-
- Pegs for shelves, 8.
-
- Perforating stamps for books, 40.
-
- Periodicals (arrangement), 14-15;
- (binders), 37;
- (check book), 47;
- (files), 37;
- (racks), 14-17;
- (receipt book), 47;
- (stock book), 46.
-
- Precept form, 48.
-
- Press marks, 9-10.
-
- Presses for books, 2-6.
-
- Print boxes, 37.
-
- Proposition book, 43.
-
-
- Racks (periodicals), 14-17;
- (hats, &c.), 20.
-
- Readers’ handbooks, 51.
-
- Reading slopes, 14.
-
- Reading stands (newspapers), 17.
-
- Receipts for fines, 49.
-
- Recipes for paste, stain-removal, &c., 51.
-
- Records of library work, 42.
-
- Reference library (application forms), 50;
- (charging), 33.
-
- Remington typewriter, 36.
-
- Renewal forms for books, 51.
-
- Requisition forms (staff), 48.
-
- Revolving book-cases, 9.
-
- Revolving catalogue holder, 35.
-
- Robertson’s indicator, 30.
-
- Rotherham P. L. note-book, 24.
-
- Routine (invoice) book, 44.
-
- Royal College of Surgeons, London, 33.
-
- Rubber stamp ink (Stephens’), 40.
-
- Rubber stamps, 24.
-
- Rubber stamps for books, 40.
-
- Rule-labels, 49.
-
- Rules and regulations, 48.
-
-
- St. Martin’s Public Library, 15.
-
- Screw newspaper holder, 18.
-
- Seals for Library Boards, 40.
-
- Shannon files, 37.
-
- Shelf-edging, 10;
- (fittings), 7;
- (numbers), 9;
- (registers), 46.
-
- Shelves, 5.
-
- Show cases, 20.
-
- Stains, to remove, 52.
-
- Stamps for books, 40;
- (dating), 40;
- (issues), 21.
-
- Stationery, 48-51.
-
- Stationery cupboards, 12.
-
- Steps for libraries, 41.
-
- Stickphast paste, 52.
-
- Stitching machines, 38.
-
- Stock book, 44.
-
- Stone’s card catalogue cabinet, 34.
-
- Store presses, 12.
-
- Studs for shelves, 8.
-
- Suggestion book, 43.
-
- Superintendents’ desks, 12.
-
-
- Tables, 12-14.
-
- Tablets for directing to libraries, 42.
-
- Technical appliances, 20.
-
- Thanks circulars, 43, 48.
-
- Ticket-books, 24.
-
- Tickets for borrowers, 49.
-
- Time (assistants’) book, 48.
-
- Tonks’ shelf fitting, 7.
-
- Tray book-cases, 6.
-
- Trucks for books, 42.
-
- Trypograph copying machine, 37.
-
- Typewriters, 35-36.
-
-
- Umbrella stands, 19.
-
-
- Voucher forms, 49.
-
-
- Wake and Dean’s book-holder, 40.
-
- Walker’s book-rack, 39.
-
- Waterston’s borrowers’ note-book, 24.
-
- Wire-fronted book-cases, 10.
-
- Wire-stitching machines, 38.
-
- Wolverhampton Public Library, 15.
-
- Work book, 48.
-
-
- Yost typewriter, 36.
-
-
- Zaehnsdorf’s paste, 52.
-
-
-ABERDEEN UNIVERSITY PRESS.
-
-
-WAKE & DEAN,
-
-School, Church, & Library Furniture Manufacturers.
-
-111 LONDON ROAD, LONDON, S.E.
-
-[Illustration: GOLD MEDAL, LONDON, 1885.
-
-SILVER MEDAL, ANTWERP, 1885.]
-
-Manufacturers to Her Majesty’s Stationery Office and War Office.
-
-LONDON SCHOOL BOARD, AND OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS THROUGHOUT ENGLAND,
-SCOTLAND, AND WALES.
-
-MANUFACTURERS OF AND ESTIMATES GIVEN FOR
-
-Book-Shelves and Book-Cases, Reading Tables, Counters, Seats and Chairs,
-Newspaper Stands, Screens, Librarians’ Tables, Periodical Racks, And
-every description of Fittings for Public & other Libraries.
-
-_PLEASE APPLY FOR LIST OF NEW CARD CATALOGUE CABINET._
-
-THE FOLLOWING LIBRARIES HAVE BEEN FITTED BY WAKE AND DEAN:—
-
- ST. MARTIN-IN-THE-FIELDS LIBRARY, Trafalgar Square.
- CHRISTCHURCH ” Blackfriars.
- CAMBERWELL ” Peckham.
- CAMBERWELL ” Dulwich.
- HAMMERSMITH ” Hammersmith.
- PETERBOROUGH ”
- BERMONDSEY ” Bermondsey.
- CHISWICK ” Acton Green.
- GOLDSMITHS’ ” New Cross.
- DURNING (Lambeth) ” Kennington.
- STOKE NEWINGTON ” Stoke Newington.
- WATFORD ” Watford.
- KENDAL ”
- AND MANY OTHERS.
-
-_Also all the Book-cases and Cupboards in the offices of the London
-School Board, and 300 Museums to the different Schools._
-
-Catalogues and Special Designs on Application.
-
-ARCHITECTS’ DESIGNS CAREFULLY EXECUTED.
-
-Sole Manufacturers of Mason’s Improved Book-holder.
-
- =WAKE & DEAN=, Public Library Fitters,
- 111 LONDON ROAD, LONDON, S.E.
- STEAM FACTORY, BATH STREET.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HANDBOOK OF LIBRARY
-APPLIANCES ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/68130-0.zip b/old/68130-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index dce58ab..0000000
--- a/old/68130-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h.zip b/old/68130-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 392a983..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/68130-h.htm b/old/68130-h/68130-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 84d5ea3..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/68130-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3981 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- The Project Gutenberg eBook of A handbook of library appliances, by James D. Brown.
- </title>
-
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
-
-<style type="text/css">
-
-a {
- text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
-h1,h2,h3 {
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-h2.nobreak {
- page-break-before: avoid;
-}
-
-hr.chap {
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- clear: both;
- width: 65%;
- margin-left: 17.5%;
- margin-right: 17.5%;
-}
-
-img.inline {
- vertical-align: middle;
-}
-
-div.chapter {
- page-break-before: always;
-}
-
-ul {
- list-style-type: none;
-}
-
-li.indx {
- margin-top: .5em;
- padding-left: 2em;
- text-indent: -2em;
-}
-
-li.ifrst {
- margin-top: 2em;
- padding-left: 2em;
- text-indent: -2em;
-}
-
-li.isub1 {
- padding-left: 4em;
- text-indent: -2em;
-}
-
-p {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: 0.5em;
- text-indent: 1em;
-}
-
-table {
- margin: 1em auto 1em auto;
- max-width: 40em;
- border-collapse: collapse;
-}
-
-table.allb td, table.allb th {
- border: thin solid black;
-}
-
-.allb .bbn {border-bottom: none;}
-.allb .btn {border-top: none;}
-
-
-td,th {
- padding: 0.25em;
- font-weight: normal;
-}
-
-th {
- vertical-align: bottom;
-}
-
-td {
- vertical-align: top;
-}
-
-.tdc {
- text-align: center;
-}
-
-.tdr {
- text-align: right;
-}
-
-.bt {border-top: 1px solid black;}
-.btt {border-top: 3px solid black;}
-.br {border-right: 1px solid black;}
-.brt {border-right: 3px solid black;}
-.bb {border-bottom: 1px solid black;}
-.bl {border-left: 1px solid black;}
-.blt {border-left: 3px solid black;}
-
-.blockquote {
- margin: 1.5em 10%;
-}
-
-.caption {
- text-align: center;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- font-size: 90%;
- text-indent: 0em;
-}
-
-.center {
- text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0em;
-}
-
-.ditto {
- margin-left: 1.5em;
- margin-right: 1.5em;
-}
-
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
-}
-
-.figright {
- float: right;
- clear: right;
- margin-left: 1em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-right: 0;
- padding: 0;
- text-align: center;
-}
-
-.footnotes {
- margin-top: 1em;
- border: dashed 1px;
-}
-
-.footnote {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
- font-size: 0.9em;
-}
-
-.footnote .label {
- position: absolute;
- right: 84%;
- text-align: right;
-}
-
-.fnanchor {
- vertical-align: super;
- font-size: .8em;
- text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-.gothic {
- font-family: 'Old English Text MT', 'Old English', serif;
-}
-
-.hanging {
- padding-left: 2em;
- text-indent: -2em;
-}
-
-.larger {
- font-size: 150%;
-}
-
-.mt2 {
- text-align: center;
- margin-top: 2em;
- text-indent: 0em;
-}
-
-.mt3 {
- text-align: center;
- margin-top: 3em;
- text-indent: 0em;
-}
-
-.noindent {
- text-indent: 0em;
-}
-
-.pagenum {
- position: absolute;
- right: 4%;
- font-size: smaller;
- text-align: right;
- font-style: normal;
-}
-
-.poetry-container {
- text-align: center;
- margin: 1em;
-}
-
-.poetry {
- display: inline-block;
- text-align: left;
-}
-
-.poetry .stanza {
- margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;
-}
-
-.poetry .verse {
- padding-left: 3em;
-}
-
-.poetry .indent0 {
- text-indent: -3em;
-}
-
-.pt8 {
- padding-top: 8em;
-}
-
-.right {
- text-align: right;
-}
-
-.smaller {
- font-size: 80%;
-}
-
-.smcap {
- font-variant: small-caps;
- font-style: normal;
-}
-
-.spacer {
- margin-left: 4em;
-}
-
-.x-ebookmaker img {
- max-width: 100%;
- width: auto;
- height: auto;
-}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .poetry {
- display: block;
- margin-left: 1.5em;
-}
-
-.x-ebookmaker .blockquote {
- margin: 1.5em 5%;
-}
-
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of A handbook of library appliances, by James D. Brown</p>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: A handbook of library appliances</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:1em;'>The technical equipment of libraries: fittings, furniture, charging systems, forms, recipes, etc.</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: James D. Brown</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Editors: J. Y. W. MacAlister</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em;'>Thomas Mason</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: May 19, 2022 [eBook #68130]</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p>
- <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: Charlene Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive/Canadian Libraries)</p>
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HANDBOOK OF LIBRARY APPLIANCES ***</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_i"></a>[i]</span></p>
-
-<p class="center larger">Library Association of the United Kingdom.</p>
-
-<p>This Association was founded on 5th October, 1877, at the conclusion
-of the International Conference of Librarians held at the London
-Institution, under the presidency of the late Mr. J. Winter Jones,
-then principal librarian of the British Museum.</p>
-
-<p>Its objects are: (<i>a</i>) to encourage and aid by every means in its
-power the establishment of new libraries; (<i>b</i>) to endeavour to secure
-better legislation for rate-supported libraries; (<i>c</i>) to unite all persons
-engaged or interested in library work, for the purpose of promoting the
-best possible administration of libraries; and (<i>d</i>) to encourage bibliographical
-research.</p>
-
-<p>The Association has, by the invitation of the Local Authorities, held
-its Annual Meetings in the following towns: Oxford, Manchester,
-Edinburgh, London, Cambridge, Liverpool, Dublin, Plymouth, Birmingham,
-Glasgow, Reading, Nottingham, and Paris.</p>
-
-<p>The Annual Subscription is <span class="smcap">One Guinea</span>, payable in advance, on 1st
-January. The Life Subscription is <span class="smcap">Fifteen Guineas</span>. <i>Any person
-actually engaged in library administration may become a member, without
-election, on payment of the Subscription to the Treasurer.</i> Any person
-not so engaged may be elected at the Monthly or Annual Meetings.
-Library Assistants, approved by the Council, are admitted on payment
-of a Subscription of <span class="smcap">Half-a-Guinea</span>.</p>
-
-<p>The official organ of the Association is <i>The Library</i>, which is issued
-monthly and sent free to members. Other publications of the Association
-are the <i>Transactions and Proceedings</i> of the various Annual Meetings,
-<i>The Library Chronicle</i>, 1884-1888, 5 vols., and <i>The Library Association Year-Book</i>
-(price one shilling), in which will be found full particulars of the
-work accomplished by the Association in various departments.</p>
-
-<p>A small Museum of Library Appliances has been opened in the
-Clerkenwell Public Library, Skinner Street, London, E.C., and will be
-shown to any one interested in library administration. It contains
-Specimens of Apparatus, Catalogues, Forms, &amp;c., and is the nucleus of a
-larger collection contemplated by the Association.</p>
-
-<p>All communications connected with the Association should be
-addressed to Mr. <span class="smcap">J. Y. W. MacAlister</span>, 20 Hanover Square, London, W.
-Subscriptions should be paid to Mr. <span class="smcap">H. R. Tedder</span>, Hon. Treasurer,
-Athenæum Club, Pall Mall, London, W.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_ii"></a>[ii]</span></p>
-
-<p class="mt2 larger">COTGREAVE’S LIBRARY INDICATOR.</p>
-
-<p class="hanging"><i>This Invention is now in use in some 200 Public Libraries (30 in London and
-Suburbs), and has everywhere given great satisfaction. The following
-is a brief summary of its more useful features</i>:</p>
-
-<p><b>1.</b> Show at a glance both to borrower and Librarian the books or magazines
-in or out. Also the titles can be shown to the borrower if desired.
-<b>2.</b> Who has any book that is out, and how long it has been out. <b>3.</b> The
-names of every borrower that has had any book since it was added to
-the Library. <b>4.</b> The dates of accession, binding, or replacement of any
-book. <b>5.</b> The title, author, number of volumes, and date of publication.
-<b>6.</b> The book any individual has out, and every book he has
-had out since joining the library. <b>7.</b> If a borrower’s ticket has been
-misplaced in the indicator, it will instantly denote, if referred to, the
-exact number where such ticket will be found. <b>8.</b> It will show at a
-glance by a colour arrangement the number of books issued each day or
-week, and consequently which are overdue. <b>9.</b> Stocktaking can be
-carried out in one quarter of the time usually required, and without
-calling the books in. <b>10.</b> Wherever it has been adopted the cost of
-labour and losses of books have been very greatly reduced, so much so
-that in a very short time it has recouped the cost of purchase. Thus
-all book-keeping or other record may be entirely dispensed with.</p>
-
-<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Sole Agent and Manufacturer</span>:<br />
-<b>W. MORGAN, 21 CANNON STREET, BIRMINGHAM.</b></p>
-
-<p class="mt2 larger">Cotgreave’s Rack for Periodicals and
-Magazines.</p>
-
-<p class="hanging"><i>This design is now used in a large number of Libraries and Reading Rooms
-with great advantage. Periodicals of any size can be kept alphabetically
-arranged either in covers or without. There are no clips, springs, or
-other mechanical fittings, but everything is as simple as can be.</i></p>
-
-<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Manufacturer</span>:<br />
-<b>WAKE &amp; DEAN, 111 LONDON ROAD, LONDON, S.E.</b></p>
-
-<p class="mt2 larger">Cotgreave’s Solid Leather Covers for
-Periodicals.</p>
-
-<p class="hanging"><i>These covers are made of solid leather and will last longer than a dozen of
-any other material. Several Libraries have had them in use for a dozen
-years or more, without any appearance of wear.</i></p>
-
-<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Manufacturer</span>:<br />
-<b>W. MORGAN, 21 CANNON STREET, BIRMINGHAM.</b></p>
-
-<p>N.B. Any special information required may be obtained from the inventor,
-A. COTGREAVE, Public Libraries, West Ham, London, E.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_iii"></a>[iii]</span></p>
-
-<p class="center larger"><span class="smcap">Remington Standard Typewriter.</span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
-<img src="images/remingtonad-1.jpg" width="500" height="400" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<div class="figright" style="width: 200px;">
-<img src="images/remingtonad-2.jpg" width="200" height="150" alt="Contractors to H. M. Government" />
-</div>
-
-<p>Used and endorsed as the best everywhere.
-The following is one of the
-strongest testimonials which could
-possibly be received:—</p>
-
-<p class="center"><b>AMERICAN NEWSPAPER PUBLISHERS’ ASSOCIATION.</b></p>
-
-<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Officers</span>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-<li>President, JAMES W. SCOTT—Chicago Herald.</li>
-<li>Vice-President, E. H. WOODS—Boston Herald.</li>
-<li>Secretary and Treasurer, L. L. MORGAN—New Haven Register.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Executive Committee</span>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-<li>W. C. BRYANT—Brooklyn Times.</li>
-<li>C. W. KNAPP—St. Louis Republic.</li>
-<li>J. A. BUTLER—Buffalo News.</li>
-<li>M. A. McRAE—Cincinnati Post and St. Louis Chronicle.</li>
-<li>A. S. PEASE—Woonsocket Reporter.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p class="center">Address all communications to the Secretary,
-care NEW YORK OFFICE, 206
-POTTER BUILDING.</p>
-
-<div class="blockquote">
-
-<p class="noindent">To the Members of the American Newspaper Publishers’ Association.</p>
-
-<p class="right">NEW YORK, MAY 11, 1892.</p>
-
-<p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Gentlemen</span>,</p>
-
-<p>The undersigned, a committee appointed by the President to investigate
-into the merits of the various typewriting machines with a view to the adoption of some
-machine for the use of members of this association, respectfully report that in their judgment,
-all things having been considered, the “Remington” is the machine which they
-would recommend for adoption, believing that in its superiority of design and excellence
-of workmanship, its great simplicity, durability and easy manipulation, it is more desirable
-for use in newspaper offices than any other. In addition, the fact that it is understood
-and operated by a great many thousands of young men and women, that the use of it is
-being taught not only in the public schools, but in commercial schools and colleges throughout
-the land, and, its being generally referred to as the standard: the large number of
-offices which the company have scattered throughout the country, making it easy to have
-repairs made at the least expense, have all had some effect in basing their judgment.</p>
-
-<p class="right">L. L. MORGAN, J. S. SEYMOUR, W. C. BRYANT.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class="center"><b><span class="smcap">Write for Further Information:<br />
-<span class="larger">WYCKOFF, SEAMANS <i>and</i> BENEDICT,</span></span><br />
-100 Gracechurch St., London, E.C.</b></p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_iv"></a>[iv]</span></p>
-
-<p class="mt3 gothic">Library Association Series</p>
-
-<p class="center smaller">EDITED BY THE HON. SECRETARIES OF THE ASSOCIATION</p>
-
-<p class="mt3">No. 1.</p>
-
-<p class="center">LIBRARY APPLIANCES</p>
-
-<p class="center"><span class="smaller">BY</span><br />
-JAMES D. BROWN</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_v"></a>[v]</span></p>
-
-<p class="mt3 smaller">THE ABERDEEN UNIVERSITY PRESS.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_vi"></a>[vi]</span></p>
-
-<p class="mt3 larger gothic">The Library Association Series</p>
-
-<p class="center">EDITED BY <span class="smcap">J. Y. W. MacALISTER AND THOMAS MASON</span><br />
-HON. SECRETARIES OF THE ASSOCIATION</p>
-
-<p class="mt3">No. 1.</p>
-
-<h1><span class="smaller">A HANDBOOK OF</span><br />
-LIBRARY APPLIANCES:</h1>
-
-<p class="center larger"><span class="smaller">THE</span><br />
-TECHNICAL EQUIPMENT OF LIBRARIES:<br />
-<span class="smaller">FITTINGS, FURNITURE, CHARGING SYSTEMS, FORMS, RECIPES<br />
-&amp;c.</span></p>
-
-<p class="mt3"><span class="smaller">BY</span><br />
-JAMES D. BROWN<br />
-<span class="smaller">CLERKENWELL PUBLIC LIBRARY, LONDON</span></p>
-
-<p class="mt3">PUBLISHED FOR THE ASSOCIATION BY DAVID STOTT<br />
-370 OXFORD STREET, W.<br />
-LONDON<br />
-1892</p>
-
-<p class="center"><i>PRICE ONE SHILLING NET</i></p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_vii"></a>[vii]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">PREFACE.</h2>
-
-</div>
-
-<p>The Council of the Library Association have arranged for
-the issue of a series of Handbooks on the various departments
-of Library work and management. Each Handbook
-has been entrusted to an acknowledged expert in the subject
-with which he will deal—and will contain the fullest and
-latest information that can be obtained.</p>
-
-<p>Every branch of library work and method will be dealt
-with in detail, and the series will include a digest of Public
-Library Law and an account of the origin and growth of
-the Public Library Movement in the United Kingdom.</p>
-
-<p>The comprehensive thoroughness of the one now issued
-is, the Editors feel, an earnest of the quality of the whole
-series. To mere amateurs, it may appear that it deals at
-needless length with matters that are perfectly familiar;
-but it is just this kind of thing that is really wanted by
-the people for whom Mr. Brown’s Handbook is intended.
-It seems a simple matter to order a gross of chairs for a
-library; but only experience teaches those little points
-about their construction which make so much difference as
-regards economy and comfort.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_viii"></a>[viii]</span></p>
-
-<p>With this Handbook in their possession, a new committee,
-the members of which may never have seen the inside of a
-public library, may furnish and equip the institution under
-their charge as effectively as if an experienced library
-manager had lent his aid.</p>
-
-<p>The second issue of the series will be on “Staff,” by
-Mr. Peter Cowell, Chief Librarian of the Liverpool Free
-Public Libraries.</p>
-
-<p class="right"><span class="smcap">The Editors.</span></p>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">London</span>, <i>August, 1892</i>.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_1"></a>[1]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">LIBRARY APPLIANCES.<br />
-<span class="smaller">THE TECHNICAL EQUIPMENT OF LIBRARIES, INCLUDING
-FITTINGS AND FURNITURE, RECORDS, FORMS,
-RECIPES, &amp;c.</span></h2>
-
-<p class="center"><span class="smcap">By James D. Brown, Librarian,
-Clerkenwell Public Library, London.</span></p>
-
-</div>
-
-<p>This Handbook bears some analogy to the division “miscellaneous”
-usually found in most library classifications. It is in some
-respects, perhaps, more exposed to the action of heterogeneity
-than even that refuge of doubt “polygraphy,” as “miscellaneous”
-is sometimes seen disguised; but the fact of its limits being so
-ill-defined gives ample scope for comprehensiveness, while affording
-not a little security to the compiler, should it be necessary to
-deprecate blame on the score of omissions or other faults. There
-is, unfortunately, no single comprehensive word or phrase
-which can be used to distinguish the special sort of library
-apparatus here described—“appliances” being at once too
-restricted or too wide, according to the standpoint adopted.
-Indeed there are certain bibliothecal sophists who maintain that
-anything is a library appliance, especially the librarian himself;
-while others will have it that, when the paste-pot and scissors
-are included, the appliances of a library have been named.
-To neither extreme will this tend, but attention will be
-strictly confined to the machinery and implements wherewith
-libraries, public and other, are successfully conducted. It
-would be utterly impossible, were it desirable, to describe, or
-even mention, every variety of fitting or appliance which
-ingenuity and the craving for change have introduced, and the
-endeavour shall be accordingly to notice the more generally
-established apparatus, and their more important modifications.
-It is almost needless to point out that very many of the different
-methods of accomplishing the same thing, hereinafter described,
-result from similar causes to those which led in former times to<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_2"></a>[2]</span>
-such serious political complications in the kingdom of Liliput.
-There are several ways of getting into an egg, and many ways
-of achieving one end in library affairs, and the very diversity of
-these methods shows that thought is active and improvement
-possible. As Butler has it—</p>
-
-<div class="poetry-container">
-<div class="poetry">
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="verse indent0">“Opiniators naturally differ</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">From other men: as wooden legs are stiffer</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Than those of pliant joints, to yield and bow,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Which way soe’er they are design’d to go”.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class="noindent">Hence it happens that all library appliances are subject to the
-happy influences of disagreement, which, in course of time, leads
-to entire changes of method and a general broadening of view.
-Many of these differences arise from local conditions, or have
-their existence in experiment and the modification of older ideas,
-so that actual homogeneity in any series of the appliances
-described in this Handbook must not be expected. It will be
-sufficient if the young librarian finds enough of suggestion and
-information to enable him to devise a system of library management
-in its minor details which shall be consistent and useful.</p>
-
-<h3>FITTINGS AND FURNITURE.</h3>
-
-<p>To some extent the arrangement of fittings and furniture will
-be dealt with in the Handbook on Buildings, so that it will
-only be necessary here to consider their construction, variety,
-and uses.</p>
-
-<h3>BOOK-CASES, SHELVES, &amp;c.</h3>
-
-<p>Standard cases or presses, designed for what is called the
-“stack” system of arrangement, are constructed with shelves
-on both sides, and are intended to stand by themselves on the
-floor. They are without doors or glass fronts, and their
-dimensions must be decided entirely by the requirements of
-each library and the class of books they are to contain. For
-ordinary lending libraries a very convenient double case with
-ten shelves of books to the tier can be made about 9 feet 6 inches
-wide × 8 feet 6 inches high, including cornice and plinth
-× 18 inches deep—the depth of the shelves being about 9 inches,
-their length 3 feet, and their thickness, as finished, not less than
-¾″ nor more than 1 inch. Such a case will hold about 1800<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_3"></a>[3]</span>
-volumes in 8vo and 12mo sizes, and the top shelf can be reached
-by a middle-sized person from a step or stool 12 inches high.
-Lower cases should be provided if rapidity of service is particularly
-required and there is plenty of floor space to carry the stock.
-The top shelf of a case 7 feet high, including cornice and plinth,
-can be reached from the floor by any one of ordinary height,
-small boys and girls of course excluded. These cases are made
-with middle partitions between the backs of the shelves, though
-some librarians prefer a simple framework of uprights, cornice,
-and plinth. For the sake of security and the necessary rigidity
-a central partition ought to be included, and if this is formed of
-thin ¼″ boarding, double and crossing diagonally, with a strong
-iron strap between screwed tight into the outer uprights, all
-tendency to bulging will be obviated, and the cases will be firm
-and workmanlike. The skeleton or framework cases have to be<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_4"></a>[4]</span>
-stayed in all directions by iron rods and squares fixed in the
-floor, and, when empty, look very unsightly and rickety;
-besides, books get pushed or tumble over on to the adjoining
-shelf, and the plea of ventilation, which is practically the only
-recommendation for this plan of construction, loses much of its
-weight in a lending library where most of the books are in
-circulation.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;" id="figure1">
-<img src="images/figure1.jpg" width="450" height="700" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 1.</span><a id="FNanchor_1" href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a>—<span class="smcap">Standard Book-case.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 550px;" id="figure2">
-<img src="images/figure2.jpg" width="550" height="700" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 2.</span><a id="FNanchor_2" href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a>—<span class="smcap">Standard Book-case without Partition.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>The shelves should have rounded edges, and ought not to exceed
-3′ or 3′ 6″ in length. If longer ones are used they must be thin,
-in order to be easily moved, and so these become bent in course
-of time, especially if heavy books are placed on them. The<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_5"></a>[5]</span>
-objection to long shelves which are very thick is simply that they
-are unhandy and difficult to move and waste valuable space.
-All shelves should be movable, and if possible interchangeable.
-No paint or varnish should be applied to any surface with which
-the books come in contact, but there is nothing to be said against
-polishing. Indeed, to reduce as far as possible the constant
-friction to which books are exposed in passing to and from
-their resting-places, it ought to be remembered that smooth
-surfaces are advantageous. Few libraries can afford leather-covered
-shelves like those of the British Museum, but all can
-have smoothness and rounded edges.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 475px;" id="figure3">
-<img src="images/figure3.jpg" width="475" height="700" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 3.</span>—<span class="smcap">Ledged Wall Book-Case.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>Reference library cases are constructed similarly to those
-above described; but as folio and quarto books require storage
-in this department, it is necessary to make provision for them.
-This is usually done by making the cases with projecting bases,
-rising at least 3′ high, and in the enlarged space so obtained fair-sized<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_6"></a>[6]</span>
-folios and quartos can be placed. Very large volumes of
-plates or maps should be laid flat on shelves made to slide over
-hard wood runners like trays, as they frequently suffer much
-damage from standing upright. A special, many-shelved press
-should be constructed for books of this generally valuable class,
-and each volume should be allowed a tray for itself. If the tray
-is covered with leather, felt, or baize, so much the better. Wall
-cases, and cases arranged in bays or alcoves, are generally much
-more expensive than the plain standards just described, because,
-as they are intended for architectural effect as well as for storage,
-they must be ornamental, and possibly made from superior woods.
-The plan of arranging books round the walls has been almost
-entirely abandoned in modern lending libraries, but there are
-still many librarians and architects who prefer the bay arrangement
-for reference departments. The matter of arrangement is
-one, however, which depends largely upon the shape and lighting
-of rooms, means of access, and requirements of each library, and
-must be settled accordingly.</p>
-
-<p>The question of material is very important, but of course it
-depends altogether upon the amount which is proposed to be
-spent on the fittings. It is very desirable that the cases should
-be made durable and handsome, as it is not pleasant to have bad
-workmanship and ugly fittings in a centre of “sweetness and
-light”. For the standards previously mentioned there can be
-nothing better or cheaper than sound American or Baltic yellow
-pine, with, in reference cases, oak ledges. This wood is easily
-worked, wears very well, and can be effectively stained and
-varnished to look like richer and more expensive woods. Of
-course if money is no object, oak, mahogany, or walnut can be
-used; but the cost of such materials usually works out to nearly
-double that of softer woods. Cases with heavily moulded
-cornices should be boarded over the top, and not left with
-huge empty receptacles for dust and cobwebs. This caution
-is tendered, because joiners very often leave the space made
-by the cornice vacant and exposed.</p>
-
-<h3>SHELF FITTINGS.</h3>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;" id="figure4">
-<img src="images/figure4.jpg" width="700" height="525" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 4.</span>—<span class="smcap">Metal Shelf Fitting.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>Shelf fittings for wooden book-presses are required in all modern
-libraries where movable shelves are almost universally used.
-Cases with fixed shelves are much cheaper than those fitted with<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_7"></a>[7]</span>
-one of the button or other spacing arrangements now in the
-market, but the serious disadvantage of having to size the
-books to fit the shelves disposes of any argument that can
-be urged on behalf of fixtures. There are many varieties
-of shelf fitting designed to assist in the necessary differential
-spacing of shelves, from the old-fashioned, and by no means
-cheap, wooden ratchet and bar arrangement to the comparatively
-recent metal stud. The fitting which is most often
-adopted in new libraries is that of Messrs. E. Tonks, of
-Birmingham. It consists of metal strips, perforated at 1-inch
-intervals, let into the uprights of the cases and small gun-metal
-studs for supporting the shelves. As is shown in the
-illustration, the studs fit into the perforations and support the
-shelves on little points which sink into the wood, and prevent
-tilting or sliding. The strips should not go either to the top or
-bottom of the uprights, and at least two feet can be saved in
-every division by stopping 6 inches from both ends. Though
-rather more expensive than pegs, or the studs mentioned below,
-it is very desirable to have Tonks’ fittings, because of their
-superiority to all others in the matters of convenience and ease in<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_8"></a>[8]</span>
-adjusting. Another form of stud often used is the one shaped
-like this <img class="inline" src="images/inline1.jpg" width="85" height="35" alt="inline diagram of what's being described" /> which fits into holes drilled in the uprights
-and supports the shelf on the lower rectangular part. These are
-most effective in operation when let into grooves as broad as the
-studs, otherwise the shelves must be cut shorter than the width of
-the divisions; and in that case end spaces are caused and security
-is considerably sacrificed. The peg part of this stud is very apt
-in course of time, to enlarge the wooden holes, and when any
-series of shelves have to be frequently moved, the result of such
-enlargement is to make the studs drop out. If perforated metal
-strips are used, of course the price immediately goes up, and
-there is then no advantage over the Tonks’ fitting. Another
-form of peg for use in the same kind of round hole is that similar
-in shape to the pegs used for violins, and, like them, demanding
-much judicious <i>thumbing</i> before they can be properly adjusted.
-There are many other kinds of shelf fitting in the market, but
-none of them are so well known or useful as those just described.</p>
-
-<h3>IRON BOOK-CASES.</h3>
-
-<p>The iron book-cases manufactured by Messrs. Lucy &amp; Co. of
-Oxford are very convenient, and in buildings designed as fire-proof,
-in basements, or in certain cases where much weight is
-wanted to be carried, they should be useful. They can be fitted
-up as continuous wall-cases, or supplied as standards holding
-books on both sides. The size B, 7′ 6″ high × 4′ 1″ wide × 1′ 3″
-deep, will hold about 640 demy 8vo books, and the ironwork
-costs £4, shelves £1 4s. Other sizes are made, and the continuous
-wall-shelving is charged per yard run—7 feet high, £3 3s.;
-shelves of wood, 12 inches deep, 5s. each; if iron, felt covered,
-4s. 6d. each. The durability of these cases is beyond question,
-and the expense is not great when their security, strength, and
-neatness are considered. The arrangement for spacing the shelves
-is convenient and effective. The sliding iron book-cases swung
-in the galleries of the British Museum, and their prototype<a id="FNanchor_3" href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> at
-Bethnal Green Free Library, London, have been so often and so
-fully described elsewhere<a id="FNanchor_4" href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> that it is needless to do more here than<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_9"></a>[9]</span>
-to briefly refer to them. The British Museum pattern, the
-invention of Mr. Jenner of the Printed Books Department,
-consists of a double case suspended from strong runners, which
-can be pushed against the permanent cases when not in use, or
-pulled out when books are required. Only libraries with very
-wide passages between the cases could use them, and only then
-by greatly strengthening the ordinary wooden presses in existence.<a id="FNanchor_5" href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a>
-The revolving wooden book-cases now so extensively used
-for office purposes, and in clubs or private libraries, can be
-bought for £3 and upwards. They should not be placed for
-public use in ordinary libraries to which all persons have access,
-though there is no reason why subscription libraries and
-kindred institutions should not have them for the benefit of
-their members.</p>
-
-<p>Other fittings connected with book-cases are press and shelf
-numbers, contents or classification frames, blinds, and shelf-edging.
-The press marks used in the fixed location are sometimes
-painted or written in gold over the cases, but white enamelled
-copper tablets, with the numbers or letters painted in black or
-blue, are much more clear and effective. They cost only a few
-pence each. The numbering of shelves for the movable location,
-or their lettering for the fixed location, is usually done by means
-of printed labels. These are sold in sheets, gummed and perforated,
-and can be supplied in various sizes in consecutive series
-at prices ranging from 2s. 6d. per 1000 for numbers, and 1d. or
-2d. each for alphabets. Shelf numbers can also be stamped on in
-gold or written with paint, and brass numbers are also made for
-the purpose, but the cost is very great. The little frames used
-for indicating the contents of a particular case or division are
-usually made of brass, and have their edges folded over to hold
-the cards. Some are made like the sliding <i>carte-de-visite</i> frames,
-but the object in all is the same, namely—to carry descriptive
-cards referring to the contents or classification of book-cases.
-They are most often used in reference libraries where readers
-are allowed direct access to the shelves, and are commonly
-screwed to the uprights. A convenient form is that used with
-numbered presses, and the card bears such particulars as
-these—</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_10"></a>[10]</span></p>
-
-<table class="allb" summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th><span class="smcap">Shelf.</span></th>
- <th><span class="smcap">Case 594.</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">A</td>
- <td>Buffon’s Nat. Hist.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">B</td>
- <td>Geological Rec.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">C</td>
- <td>Sach’s Bot.; Bot. Mag.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">D</td>
- <td>&amp;c.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">E</td>
- <td>&amp;c.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">F</td>
- <td>&amp;c.</td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="noindent">Others bear the book numbers, while some simply refer to the
-shelf contents as part of a particular scheme of classification, viz.:—</p>
-
-<p class="center">941·1 Northern Scotland.</p>
-
-<p class="noindent">To keep these contents-cards clean it is usual to cover them with
-little squares of glass.</p>
-
-<p>Glazed book-cases are not recommended, wire-work being
-much better in cases where it is necessary to have locked doors.
-The mesh of the wire-work should be as fine as possible, because
-valuable bindings are sometimes nail-marked and scratched by
-inquisitive persons poking through at the books. It is only in very
-special circumstances that locked presses are required, such as
-when they are placed in a public reading-room or in a passage,
-and though glazed book-cases are a tradition among house
-furnishers, no librarian will have them if it can possibly be
-avoided. Their preservative value is very questionable, and
-books do very well in the open, while there can be no two
-opinions as to their being a source of considerable trouble. Blinds
-concealed in the cornices of book-cases are sometimes used,
-their object being to protect the books from dust during the night,
-but they do not seem to be wanted in public libraries. In regard
-to the various shelf-edgings seen in libraries, leather is only
-ornamental, certainly not durable; while scalloped cloth, though
-much more effective, may also be dispensed with.</p>
-
-<h3>COUNTERS, CUPBOARDS, &amp;c.</h3>
-
-<p>To the practical librarian a good counter is a source of
-perennial joy. It is not only the theatre of war, and the
-centre to which every piece of work undertaken by the library
-converges, but it is a barrier over which are passed most<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_11"></a>[11]</span>
-of the suggestions and criticisms which lead to good work,
-and from which can be gleaned the best idea of the business
-accomplished. For these reasons alone a first-class counter is
-very desirable. As in every other branch of library management,
-local circumstances must govern the size and shape of the counter
-to be provided. Lending libraries using indicators require a
-different kind of counter than those which use ledgers or card-charging
-systems, and reference libraries must have them
-according to the plan of arrangement followed for the books.
-A lending library counter where no indicator is used need not
-be a very formidable affair, but it ought to afford accommodation
-for at least six persons standing abreast, and have space for a
-screened desk and a flap giving access to the public side. On
-the staff side should be plenty of shelves, cupboards, and drawers,
-and it may be found desirable to place in it a locked till also for
-the safe-keeping of money received for fines, catalogues, &amp;c.
-All counter-tops should project several inches beyond the front
-to keep back the damage-working toes of the public, and on
-the staff side a space of at least 3 inches should be left under
-the pot-board. A height of 3 feet and a width of 2 feet will be
-found convenient dimensions for reference and non-indicator
-lending library counters. Where indicators are used a width of
-18 inches and a height of 30 of 32 inches will be found best.
-If the counter is made too high and wide neither readers nor
-assistants can conveniently see or reach the top numbers. As
-regards length, everything will depend on the indicator used and
-the size of the library. An idea of the comparative size of some
-indicators may be got from the following table:—</p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <td>Counter space</td>
- <td>required for</td>
- <td>12,000 numbers</td>
- <td>Cotgreave 15 feet.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Elliot (small) 16 feet.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Duplex (small) 22 feet.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td><span class="ditto">”</span> (full) 32 feet.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Elliot (full) 36 feet.</td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="noindent">Allowing 12 feet of counter space for service of readers, 2 feet for
-desk space, and 2 feet for flap, a Cotgreave indicator for 12,000
-numbers would mean a counter 31 feet long, a small Elliot 32 feet,
-a small Duplex 38 feet, a full Duplex 48 feet, and a full Elliot 52
-feet. For double the quantity of numbers the smallest indicator
-would require a counter 46 feet long, and the largest one 88 feet.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_12"></a>[12]</span>
-These are important points to bear in mind when planning the
-counter; though it must be said generally that, in nearly every
-instance where a Library Committee has proceeded with the
-fitting of a new building before appointing a librarian, they are over-looked,
-because the architect invariably provides a counter about
-6 feet long, 3 feet wide, and 3 feet high, with a carved front of
-surpassing excellence! What has been already said respecting
-materials applies with equal force to this class of fitting; but it
-should be added that a good hard-wood counter will likely last
-for ever. Some librarians who use card catalogues prefer to
-keep them in drawers opening to the public side of the reference
-library counter. This point is worth remembering in connection
-with the fitting of the reference department.</p>
-
-<p>In addition to the store cupboards provided behind the counters
-there should be plenty of wall or other presses fixed in convenient
-places for holding stationery, supplies of forms, &amp;c. Locked store
-presses are also useful; and every large library should have a
-key-press, in which should be hung every public key belonging to
-the building, properly numbered and labelled to correspond with
-a list pasted inside the press itself. These useful little cabinets
-are infinitely superior to the caretaker’s pocket, and much
-inconvenience is avoided by their use. Desks for the staff use
-should be made with a beading all round the top and at bottom
-of slope to prevent papers, pens, and ink from falling or being
-pushed over. Superintendents’ desks should be made large, and
-to stand on a double pedestal of drawers, so that they may be
-high enough for useful oversight and capacious enough for
-stationery or other supplies. There is an admirable specimen of
-a superintendent’s desk in the Mitchell Library, Glasgow.</p>
-
-<h3>FURNITURE.</h3>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;" id="figure5">
-<img src="images/figure5.jpg" width="700" height="400" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 5.</span><a id="FNanchor_6" href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a></p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;" id="figure6">
-<img src="images/figure6.jpg" width="700" height="425" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 6.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>Tables for reading or writing at are best made in the
-form of a double desk, <img class="inline" src="images/inline2.jpg" width="75" height="50" alt="inline diagram of what's being described" /> which gives readers the most
-convenience, and affords an effective but unobtrusive means of
-mutual oversight. The framing and rails should be as shallow as
-possible, so as not to interfere with the comfort of readers, and
-elaborately turned or carved legs should be avoided, because certain<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_13"></a>[13]</span>
-to harbour dust, and likely to form resting-places for feet. Tables
-with flat tops resting on central pedestals, and without side rails,
-are very useful in general reading-rooms, the free leg space being
-a decided advantage. Long tables are not recommended, nor are
-narrow ones which accommodate readers on one side only. The
-former are obstructive, and the latter are neither economical as
-regards the seating of readers, nor of much use for the necessary
-mutual oversight which ought to be promoted among the public.
-Very good dimensions for reading-room tables are 8 to 10 feet
-long by 3 to 3 feet 6 inches wide by 2 feet 6 inches high.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_14"></a>[14]</span>
-But the librarian who wishes to consult the varying requirements
-of his readers will have his tables made different heights—some
-29, some 30, and some 32 inches high. Whatever
-materials may be used for the framing and legs of tables, let
-the tops be hard-wood, like American or English oak, mahogany,
-or walnut. Teak is handsome and very durable, but
-its cost is much more than the better known woods.
-Yellow pine is too soft and looks common, and should not be
-used for tops unless the most rigid economy is absolutely
-necessary. Heavy tables, like those used in clubs, are not
-recommended. Ink wells, if provided at all, should be let in
-flush with the tops of the desk tables, and ought to have sliding
-brass covers, with thumb-notches for moving instead of knobs.
-Two common forms of library tables are shown in the annexed
-illustrations. The one on pedestals need not have such large
-brackets, and the ends can easily be allowed to project at least
-18 inches from the pedestals in order to admit of readers sitting
-at them. In connection with tables there are various kinds of
-reading slopes made for large books, of which those with movable
-supporters working in a ratcheted base are the most useful.
-But there are endless varieties of such reading desks or stands
-in existence, and some invalid-appliance makers manufacture
-many different kinds.</p>
-
-<h3>PERIODICAL RACKS.</h3>
-
-<p>Librarians are not unanimous as regards the treatment of
-the current numbers of periodicals. Some maintain that they
-should be spread all over the tables of the reading-room in
-any order, to ensure that all shall receive plenty of attention
-at the <i>hands</i> of readers, whether they are wanted or not
-for perusal. Others hold the opinion that the periodicals in
-covers should be spread over the tables, but in some recognised
-order, alphabetical or otherwise. Yet another section will have
-it that this spreading should be accompanied by fixing, and
-that each cover should be fastened in its place on the table.
-Finally, many think that the magazines, &amp;c., should be kept off
-the tables entirely, and be arranged in racks where they will be
-accessible without littering the room, and at the same time serve
-as a sort of indicator to periodicals which are in or out of use.
-For the unfixed alphabetical arrangement several appliances<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_15"></a>[15]</span>
-have been introduced. At Manchester the periodicals are
-arranged on raised desks along the middle of the tables. In
-the Mitchell Library, Glasgow, each table is surmounted by a
-platform raised on brackets which carries the magazine covers,
-without altogether obstructing the reader’s view of the room and
-his neighbours. Each periodical is given a certain place on the
-elevated carriers, and this is indicated to the reader by a label
-fixed on the rail behind the cover. On the cover itself is stamped
-the name of the periodical and its table number. Each table has
-a list of the periodicals belonging to it shown in a glazed tablet
-at the outer end of the platform support. Wolverhampton and
-St. Martin’s, London, furnish very good examples of the fixed
-arrangement. In the former library each periodical is fastened
-to its table by a rod, and has appropriated to it a chair, so that
-removal and disarrangement cannot occur. In the latter those
-located in the newsroom are fastened on stands where chairs
-cannot be used, and the arrangement is more economical as
-regards space than at Wolverhampton. The periodicals in the
-magazine room are fixed by cords to the centre of the table and
-signboards indicate the location of each periodical. This seems
-to be the best solution of the difficulty after all. Every periodical
-in this library is fixed, more or less, and it is therefore easy to
-find out if a periodical is in use.</p>
-
-<p>The rack system has many advocates, and can be seen both in
-libraries and clubs in quite a variety of styles. At the London
-Institution there is an arrangement of rails and narrow beaded
-shelves on the wall, which holds a large number of periodicals
-not in covers, and seems to work very well. The rails are
-fastened horizontally about two inches from the walls at a
-distance above the small shelf sufficient to hold and keep upright
-the periodicals proposed to be placed on it, and a small label
-bearing a title being fixed on the rail, the corresponding periodical
-is simply dropped behind it on to the shelf, and so remains
-located. A similar style of rail-rack has been introduced for
-time-tables, &amp;c., in several libraries, and has been found very
-useful. Another style of periodical-rack is that invented by Mr.
-Alfred Cotgreave, whereby periodicals are displayed on two
-sides of a large board, and secured in their places by means of
-clips. The same inventor has also an arrangement similar to
-that described as in the London Institution for magazines in<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_16"></a>[16]</span>
-covers. The ordinary clip-rack used largely by newsvendors
-has been often introduced in libraries where floor space was not
-available, and is very convenient for keeping in order the shoals
-of presented periodicals, which live and die like mushrooms, and
-scarcely ever justify the expense of a cover. An improvement on
-the usual perpendicular wall-rack just mentioned is that used in
-the National Liberal Club, London, which revolves on a stand,
-and can be made to hold two or three dozen periodicals or
-newspapers, according to dimensions.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;" id="figure7">
-<img src="images/figure7.jpg" width="700" height="525" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 7.</span>—<span class="smcap">Periodical Rack.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>The racks just mentioned are all designed to hold periodicals
-without covers, but there are several kinds in existence for
-holding them in their covers. Among such are the table supports,
-in metal and wood, on the same principle as shelf book-holders,
-in which the magazines lie in their cases on their fore-edges, and
-are distinguished by having the titles lettered along the back or
-otherwise. Probably the best of all the racks devised for periodicals
-in their cases is that on the system of overlapping sloping
-shelves, shown in the illustration. The idea of this rack is
-simply that the covers should lie on the shelves with only the
-title exposed. They are retained in place by a beading just deep
-enough to afford a catch for one cover, and so avoid the chance<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_17"></a>[17]</span>
-of their being hidden by another periodical laid above. These
-racks can also be made single to stand against the wall if floor
-space is not available. Oak, walnut, and mahogany are the best
-woods to use, but pitch or ordinary yellow pine may also be used.</p>
-
-<h3>NEWSPAPER STANDS.</h3>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;" id="figure8">
-<img src="images/figure8.jpg" width="450" height="700" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 8.</span>—<span class="smcap">Newspaper Stand.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>The day has not yet come when octavo-sized newspapers
-will obviate the necessity for expensive and obstructive stands
-on which the day’s news is spread in the manner least
-conducive to the comfort of readers. The man who runs
-and reads has no necessity for much study, while he who
-stands and reads does so with the consciousness that at any
-moment he may be elbowed from his studies by impatient news-seekers,
-and be subjected to the added discomfort of being
-made a leaning pillar for half-a-dozen persons to embrace.
-Meanwhile it is necessary to provide convenient reading desks
-for the broadsheets which are issued. It is cheaper to have
-double stands, holding four spread papers, than single ones,
-holding only two, though there is certainly less comfort to
-readers with the larger size. The illustration shows a single<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_18"></a>[18]</span>
-stand, but it should be remembered that the design can be made
-much heavier and richer. The dimensions should be for double
-stands 7′ 6″ long, 2′ 6″ high for slope, and about 3′ from floor to
-bottom of slope. Single ones should be 4′ long, with the other
-measurements as before. Half-stands for going against the wall
-have only the slope to the front, and are generally made in long
-lengths to cover the whole side of a room. The slope should not
-in any case be made either too steep or too great—the former
-always causing the papers to droop, and the latter placing the
-upper parts beyond the sight of short persons. Before adopting
-any type of stand, it is advisable to visit a few other libraries and
-examine their fittings. It is so much easier to judge what is liked
-best by actual examination. Fittings for holding the newspapers
-in their places are generally made of wood or brass, and there
-are many different kinds in use. The wooden ones usually
-consist of a narrow oak bar, fitted with spikes to keep the paper
-up, hinged at top and secured at bottom of the slope by a staple
-and padlock, or simply by a button. The brass ones include
-some patented fittings, such as Cummings’, made by Messrs.
-Denison of Leeds, and Hills’, invented by the library superintendent
-of Bridgeport, Connecticut. The former is a rod working
-on an eccentric bed, and is turned with a key to tighten or loosen
-it; the latter works on a revolving pivot secured in the middle of
-the desk, and is intended more particularly for illustrated periodicals,
-like the <i>Graphic</i>, &amp;c., which require turning about to suit
-the pictures. The “Burgoyne” spring rod made by the North
-of England School Furnishing Co., Darlington and London, is
-very effective, neat, and comparatively inexpensive. It is secured
-by a catch, which requires a key to open it, but it is simply
-snapped down over the paper when changes are made. Other
-varieties of brass holders are those secured by ordinary locks or
-strong thumb-screws. In cases where the rods have no spikes
-(which are not recommended) or buttons, or which do not lie in
-grooves, it is advisable to have on them two stout rubber rings,
-which will keep the papers firmly pressed in their places, and so
-prevent slipping. A half-inch beading along the bottom of the
-slope is sometimes useful in preventing doubling down and slipping.
-The names of the papers may be either gilded or painted on the
-title-board, or they may be done in black or blue letters on white
-enamelled title-pieces and screwed to the head board. These<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_19"></a>[19]</span>
-latter are very cheap, durable, and clear. Some librarians prefer
-movable titles; and in this case grooved holders or brass frames
-must be provided to hold the names, which can be printed on
-stiff cards, or painted on wood or bone tablets. The brass rail
-at the foot of the slope, shown in the illustration, is meant to
-prevent readers from leaning on the papers with their arms.
-By some librarians it is thought quite unnecessary, by others
-it is considered essential; but it is really a matter for the decision
-of every individual librarian.</p>
-
-<h3>CHAIRS AND MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS.</h3>
-
-<p>The chairs made in Buckinghamshire and Oxfordshire are
-the best and cheapest in the market, and more satisfaction will
-result from orders placed direct with the makers than from
-purchasing at an ordinary furniture dealer’s. It is better to
-have small chairs made with the back and back legs all in
-one piece, thus, <img class="inline" src="images/inline3.jpg" width="30" height="50" alt="inline diagram of what's being described" /> rather than with legs and back rails all
-separately glued into the seat like this, <img class="inline" src="images/inline4.jpg" width="35" height="50" alt="inline diagram of what's being described" />. The reason is
-of course that by the former plan of construction greater strength
-is obtained, and future trouble in the way of repairs will be
-largely obviated. Avoid showy chairs, and everything that smacks
-of the cheap furniture market. It will strengthen the chairs
-to have hat rails as well as ordinary side rails, and be a convenience
-to readers as well. They should cross from the bottom
-side rail, thus, <img class="inline" src="images/inline5.jpg" width="50" height="50" alt="inline diagram of what's being described" />. Arm-chairs should be provided at
-discretion. In magazine rooms where there is a rack, tables can
-be largely dispensed with if arm-chairs are used. If neither
-wood-block flooring nor linoleum is used, the chairs may with
-great advantage be shod with round pieces of sole leather
-screwed through a slightly sunk hole to the ends of the legs.
-These deaden the noise of moving greatly, and are more durable
-than india-rubber. Two or three dozen of chairs <i>more</i> than are
-actually required should be ordered. Umbrella stands are best
-patronised when attached to the tables, like ordinary pew ones.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_20"></a>[20]</span>
-An umbrella stand close to the door is such an obvious temptation
-to the thief that careful readers never use them on any consideration.
-Of rails for fixing to the tables there are many
-kinds, but probably the hinged pew variety, plain rail, or
-rubber wheel, all with water-pans, will serve most purposes.
-Many libraries make no provision at all either of hat rails or
-umbrella stands, for the simple reason that 50% of the readers
-do not enter to stay, while 99% never remove their hats. In
-proprietary libraries everything is different, and an approach
-to comforts of the sort indicated must be made. The standard
-hat rack and umbrella stand combined, like that used in
-clubs, schools, the House of Commons, &amp;c., is the best for such
-institutions.</p>
-
-<p>Show-cases ought to be well made by one of the special firms
-who make this class of fitting. Glass sides and sliding trays,
-with hinged and <i>locked</i> backs, are essential. For museum
-purposes all sorts of special cases are required, and the only way
-to find out what is best is to visit one or two good museums for
-the purpose.</p>
-
-<h3>TECHNICAL APPLIANCES.</h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Charging Systems and Indicators.</span>—The charging of books
-includes every operation connected with the means taken to
-record issues and returns, whether in lending or reference
-libraries. Although the word “charging” refers mainly to the
-actual entry or booking of an issue to the account of a borrower,
-it has been understood in recent years to mean the whole process
-of counter work in circulating libraries. It is necessary to
-make this explanation at the outset, as many young librarians
-understand the meaning of the word differently. For example,
-one bright young man on being asked what was the system of
-“charging” pursued in his library responded: “Oh! just a penny
-for the ticket!” And another equally intelligent assistant
-replied to the same question: “We don’t charge anything unless
-you keep books more than the <i>proscribed</i> time!” Before proceeding
-to describe some of the existing systems it may be wise
-to impress on assistants in libraries the advisability of trying to
-think for themselves in this matter. There is nothing more
-discouraging than to find young librarians slavishly following the
-methods bequeathed by their predecessors, because in no sphere<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_21"></a>[21]</span>
-of public work is there a larger field for substantial improvement,
-or less reason to suppose that readers are as easily satisfied as
-they were thirty years ago. The truth is that every library
-method is more or less imperfect in matters of detail, and there
-are numerous directions in which little improvements tending to
-greater homogeneity and accuracy can be effected. It is all very
-well, and likewise easy, to sit at the feet of some bibliothecal
-Gameliel, treasuring his dicta as incontrovertible, and at the
-same time assuming that the public is utterly indifferent to
-efficiency and simplicity of system. But it ought to be seriously
-considered that everything changes, and that the public knowledge
-of all that relates to their welfare increases every day; so
-that the believer in a <i>dolce far niente</i> policy must be prepared for
-much adverse criticism, and possibly for improvements being
-effected in his despite, which is very unpleasant. In libraries
-conducted for profit, everything likely to lead to extension of
-business, or to the increased convenience of the public, is at once
-adopted, and it is this sort of generous flexibility which ought to
-be more largely imported into public library management. A
-suitable reverence for the good work accomplished in the past
-should be no obstacle to improvement and enlargement of ideas
-in the future.</p>
-
-<h3>LEDGERS.</h3>
-
-<p>The present state of the question of charging turns largely
-on the respective merits of indicator and non-indicator systems,
-or, in other words, whether the burden of ascertaining if
-books are <i>in</i> or <i>out</i> should be placed on readers or the staff.
-There is much to be said on both sides, and reason to suppose
-that the final solution lies with neither. The non-indicator
-systems come first as a matter of seniority. The advantages of
-all ledger and card-charging systems are claimed to be that
-readers are admitted directly to the benefit of intercourse with
-the staff; that they are saved the trouble of discovering if the
-numbers they want are in; that they are in very many cases
-better served, because more accustomed to explain their wants;
-that less counter space is required; that the initial expense of an
-indicator is saved; and, finally, that with a good staff borrowers
-can be more quickly attended to. Some of these statements may
-be called in question, but they represent the views of librarians<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_22"></a>[22]</span>
-who have tried both systems. From the readers’ point of view
-there can hardly be a doubt but that the least troublesome system
-is the most acceptable; and it is only fair to the non-indicator
-systems to assert that they <i>are</i> the least troublesome to borrowers.
-The original method of charging, still used in many
-libraries, consisted in making entries of all issues in a day-book
-ruled to show the following particulars:—</p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th colspan="9"><span class="smcap">Date of Issue.</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th>1</th>
- <th>2</th>
- <th>3</th>
- <th>4</th>
- <th>5</th>
- <th>6</th>
- <th>7</th>
- <th>8</th>
- <th>9</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th class="bt bb br">Progressive No.</th>
- <th class="bt bb br">Title of Book.</th>
- <th class="bt bb br">Class Letter.</th>
- <th class="bt bb br">No.</th>
- <th class="bt bb br">Vols.</th>
- <th class="bt bb br">Date of Return.</th>
- <th class="bt bb br">Name of Borrower.</th>
- <th class="bt bb brt">No. of Card.</th>
- <th class="bt bb">Fines.</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc br">1</td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- <td></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc br">2</td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- <td></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc br">3</td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- <td></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="noindent">But after a time certain economies were introduced, columns 2, 7,
-and 9 being omitted, and day-books in this later form, perhaps
-with the arrangement slightly altered, are in common use now.
-Of course it is plain that a book on issue was entered in the first
-vacant line of the day-book, and the progressive number, borrower’s
-number, and date were carried on to its label. On
-return, the particulars on the label pointed out the day and
-issue number, and the book was duly marked off. It will at
-once be seen that this form of ledger only shows what books are
-out, but cannot readily show the whereabouts of any particular
-volume without some trouble. As to what book any reader has
-is another question which cannot be answered without much
-waste of time. A third disadvantage is that as borrowers
-retain their tickets there is very little to prevent unscrupulous
-persons from having more books out at one time than they should.
-A fourth weakness of this ledger is that time is consumed in
-marking off, and books are not available for re-issue until they are
-marked off. For various reasons some librarians prefer a system
-of charging direct to each borrower instead of journalising the
-day’s operations as above described. These records were at one
-time kept in ledgers, each borrower being apportioned a page or<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_23"></a>[23]</span>
-so, headed with full particulars of his name, address, guarantor,
-date of the expiry of his borrowing right, &amp;c. These ledgers
-were ruled to show date of issue, number of book, and date of
-return, and an index had to be consulted at every entry. Now-a-days
-this style of ledger is kept on cards arranged alphabetically
-or numerically, and is much easier to work. Subscription and
-commercial circulating libraries use the system extensively.
-The main difficulty with this system was to find out who
-had a particular book; and “overdues” were hard to discover,
-and much time was consumed in the process. To some extent
-both these defects could be remedied by keeping the borrowers’
-cards and arranging them in dated trays, so that as
-books were returned and the cards gradually weeded out from
-the different days of issue, a deposit of overdue borrowers’
-cards pointing to their books would result. Another form
-of ledger is just the reverse of the last, the reader being
-charged to the book instead of the book to the reader. This
-is a specimen:—</p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th colspan="6"><span class="smcap">K 5942. Wood—East Lynne.</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th class="btt bb br">Date of Issue.</th>
- <th class="btt bb br">Borrowers’ No.</th>
- <th class="btt bb brt">Date of Return.</th>
- <th class="btt bb br">Date of Issue.</th>
- <th class="btt bb br">Borrowers’ No.</th>
- <th class="btt bb brt">Date of Return.</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc br">4 May</td>
- <td class="tdc br">395</td>
- <td class="tdc brt">18 May</td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc brt"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc br">6 June</td>
- <td class="tdc br">3421</td>
- <td class="tdc brt"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc brt"></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>Every book has a page or more, according to popularity, and
-there can hardly be a doubt of its superiority to the personal
-ledger, because the question of a book’s whereabouts is more often
-raised than what book a given reader has. Dates of issue and
-return are stamped, and all books are available for issue on
-return. The borrowers’ cards, if kept in dated trays as above,
-show at once “overdues” and who have books out. But the
-“overdues” can be ascertained also by periodical examination of
-the ledger. In this system book ledgers are as handy as cards.
-In both of the ledger systems above described classified day
-sheets for statistical purposes are used. They are generally ruled
-thus:—</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_24"></a>[24]</span></p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th colspan="6" class="tdc"><span class="smcap">Date.</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th class="btt bb br blt">A</th>
- <th class="btt bb br">B</th>
- <th class="btt bb br">C</th>
- <th class="btt bb br">D</th>
- <th class="btt bb br">E</th>
- <th class="btt bb brt">F</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="br blt"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="br blt"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="br blt"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="noindent">and the issues are recorded by means of strokes or other figures.
-At one time it was considered an ingenious arrangement to have
-a series of boxes lettered according to classes, with locked doors
-and apertures at the top, in which a pea could be dropped for
-every issue in any class; but this seems to have been now completely
-abandoned. Certainly neither the sheet-stroking nor pea-dropping
-method of getting at the number of daily issues can be
-recommended, because in both cases the account is at the mercy
-of assistants, who may either neglect to make such charges, or
-register some dozen issues at a time to account for intervals spent
-in idling. An application slip is the best solution of the difficulty.
-This can either be filled up by the assistants or the borrowers.
-In certain libraries these slips are of some permanence, being
-made of stout paper in long narrow strips, on which borrowers
-enter their ticket-numbers and the numbers and classes of the
-books they would like. The assistant stamps the current date
-against the book had out, and the slips, after the statistics are
-compiled from them, are sorted in order of borrowers’ numbers
-and placed in dated trays. Of course when the borrower returns
-the book, his list is looked out, and the name of the returned
-book heavily cancelled and another work procured as before.
-There are various kinds of ticket-books issued for this purpose,
-some with counterfoils and detachable cheques, and others with
-similar perforated slips and ruled columns for lists of books
-wanted to read. Messrs. Lupton &amp; Co. of Birmingham, Mr.
-Ridal of Rotherham Free Library, and Messrs. Waterston &amp;
-Sons, stationers, Edinburgh, all issue different varieties of call-books,
-or lists of wants. Some libraries provide slips of paper,
-on which the assistant jots down the book-number after the
-borrower hands it in with his ticket-number written in thus:—</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_25"></a>[25]</span></p>
-
-<table class="allb" summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th><span class="smcap">Ticket.</span></th>
- <th><span class="smcap">Book.</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc">5963</td>
- <td class="tdc">C 431</td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>These are simply filed at the moment of service, and become
-the basis of the statistical entry for each day’s operations. Such
-slips save the loss of time which often arises when careful entries
-have to be made on day-sheets or books, and there can be no
-question as to their greater accuracy. These are the main points
-in connection with the most-used class of day-books and ledgers.</p>
-
-<h3>CARD-CHARGING SYSTEMS.</h3>
-
-<p>Somewhat akin to the ledger systems are the various card-
-and pocket-charging methods which work without the intervention
-of an indicator. There are several of such systems in
-existence both in Britain and the United States, most of them
-having features in common, but all distinguished by differences
-on points of detail. At Bradford a pocket system has long been
-in use. It is worked as follows: Every book has attached to
-one of the inner sides of its boards a linen pocket, with a table
-of months for dating, and an abstract of the lending rules.
-Within this pocket is a card on which are the number and class
-of the book, its title and author. To each reader is issued on
-joining a cloth-covered card and a pocket made of linen, having
-on one side the borrower’s number, name, address, &amp;c., and on
-the other side a calendar. The pockets are kept in numerical
-order at the library, and the readers retain their cards. When
-a borrower wishes a book, he hands in a list of numbers and his
-card to the assistant, who procures the first book he finds in. He
-next selects from the numerical series of pockets the one bearing
-the reader’s number. The title card is then removed from the
-book and placed in the reader’s numbered pocket, and the date is
-written in the date column of the book pocket. This completes
-the process at the time of service. At night the day’s issues are
-classified and arranged in the order of the book numbers, after
-the statistics are made up and noted in the sheet ruled for the
-purpose, and are then placed in a box bearing the date of issue.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_26"></a>[26]</span>
-When a book is returned the assistant turns up its date of issue,
-proceeds to the box of that date, and removes the title card,
-which he replaces in the book. The borrower’s pocket is then
-restored to its place among its fellows. The advantages of this
-plan are greater rapidity of service as compared with the ledger
-systems, and a mechanical weeding out of overdues somewhat
-similar to what is obtained by the “Duplex” indicator system
-described further on. Its disadvantages are the absence of permanent
-record, and the danger which exists of title cards getting
-into the wrong pockets.</p>
-
-<p>A system on somewhat similar lines is worked at Liverpool
-and Chelsea, the difference being that in these libraries a record
-is made of the issues of books. It has the additional merit of
-being something in the nature of a compromise between a ledger
-and an indicator system, so that to many it will recommend itself
-on these grounds alone. The Cotgreave indicator is in this
-system used for fiction and juvenile books only, and as the records
-of issues are made on cards, the indicator is simply used to show
-books <i>out</i> and <i>in</i>. Mr. George Parr, of the London Institution,
-is the inventor of an admirable card-ledger, and though it has
-been in use for a number of years its merits do not seem to be
-either recognised or widely known. The main feature of this
-system, which was described at the Manchester meeting of
-the L.A.U.K. in 1879, is a fixed alphabetical series of borrowers’
-names on cards, behind which other cards descriptive
-of books issued are placed. The system is worked as follows:
-Every book has a pocket inside the board somewhat similar
-to that used at Bradford and Chelsea, in which is a card bearing
-the title and number of the book. When the book is issued
-the card is simply withdrawn and placed, with a coloured
-card to show the date, behind the borrower’s card in the
-register. When it is returned the title card is simply withdrawn
-from behind the borrower’s card, replaced in the book, and the
-transaction is complete. This is the brief explanation of its
-working, but Mr. Parr has introduced many refinements and
-devices whereby almost any question that can be raised as regards
-who has a book, when it was issued, and what book a given
-person has, can be answered with very little labour. This is
-accomplished by means of an ingenious system of projecting
-guides on the cards, together with different colours for each 1000<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_27"></a>[27]</span>
-members, and with these aids a ready means is afforded of accurately
-finding the location in the card-ledger of any given book or
-borrower. As regards its application to a popular public library,
-the absence of a permanent record would in most cases be deemed
-objectionable, but there seems no reason why, with certain modifications,
-it could not be adapted to the smaller libraries, where
-neither pocket systems nor indicators are in use. This very
-ingenious and admirable system suggests what seems in theory
-a workable plan for any library up to 10,000 volumes. Instead
-of making a fixed alphabet of borrowers, as in Mr. Parr’s model,
-a series of cards might be prepared, one for each book in the library,
-in numerical order, distributed in hundreds and tens, shown by
-projections to facilitate finding. A label would be placed in each
-book, ruled to take the borrower’s number and date of issue,
-and a borrower’s card like that used for Mr. Elliot’s indicator,
-ruled to take the book numbers only. When a book is asked for,
-all that the assistant has to do is to write its number in the
-borrower’s card, the number of the borrower’s card and the date
-on the book label, and then to issue the book, having left the
-borrower’s card in the register. The period of issue could be
-indicated by differently coloured cards to meet the overdue
-question, and a simple day-sheet ruled for class letters and numbers
-of books issued would serve for statistical purposes. The
-register of book-numbers could be used as an indicator by the
-staff in many cases, and such a plan would be as easily worked,
-as economical, and as accurate as most of the charging systems
-in use in small libraries.</p>
-
-<p>There are many other card-charging systems in use, but most
-of them are worked only in the United States. A large number
-of British libraries, especially those established under the
-“Public Libraries Acts,” use one or other of the various indicators
-which have been introduced since 1870, and it now
-becomes necessary to describe some of these.</p>
-
-<h3>INDICATORS.</h3>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;" id="figure9">
-<img src="images/figure9.jpg" width="700" height="700" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 9.</span><a id="FNanchor_7" href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a>—<span class="smcap">Elliot’s Indicator.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>The first indicator of any practical use was that invented
-by Mr. John Elliot, of Wolverhampton, in 1870. Previous
-to that date various make-shift contrivances had been used
-to aid the staff in finding what books were in or out without<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_28"></a>[28]</span>
-the trouble of actually going to the shelves, chief among which
-was a board drilled with numbered holes to receive pegs when
-the books represented by the numbers were out. Elliot’s indicator
-is a large framework of wood, divided, as shown in the
-engraving, into ten divisions by wooden uprights, on which are
-fastened printed columns of numbers 1 to 100, 101 to 200, &amp;c.,
-representing volumes in the library. Between each number, in
-the spaces between the uprights, are fastened small tin slides,
-forming a complete series of tiny shelves for the reception of
-borrowers’ tickets, which are placed against the numbers of the
-books taken out. The numbers are placed on both sides of the
-indicator, which is put on the counter, with one side glazed to
-face the borrowers. Its working is simple: Every borrower
-receives on joining a ticket in the shape of a book, having spaces<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_29"></a>[29]</span>
-ruled to show the numbers of books and dates of issue, with the
-ends coloured red and green. On looking at the indicator the
-borrower sees so many vacant spaces opposite numbers, and so
-many occupied by cards, and if the number he wishes is shown
-blank he knows it is in and may be applied for. He accordingly
-does so, and the assistant procures the book, writes in the
-borrower’s card the number and date of issue, and on the issue-label
-of the book the reader’s ticket-number and date. When the
-book is returned the assistant simply removes the borrower’s card
-from the space and returns it, and the transaction is complete.
-A day-sheet is commonly used for noting the number of issues;
-but, of course, application forms can also be used. The
-coloured ends of the borrowers’ tickets are used to show overdue
-books, red being turned outwards one fortnight, or whatever
-the time allowed may be, and green the next. Towards
-the end of the second period the indicator is searched for
-the first colour, and the “overdues” noted. The main defect
-of the Elliot indicator lies in the danger which exists of
-readers’ tickets being placed in the wrong spaces, when they
-are practically lost.</p>
-
-<p>The “Cotgreave” indicator, invented by Mr. Alfred Cotgreave,
-now librarian of West Ham, London, differs from the Elliot in
-principle and appearance, and is more economical in the space
-required. It consists of an iron frame, divided into columns
-of 100 by means of wooden uprights and tin slides; but has
-numbered blank books in every space, instead of an alternation
-of numbered uprights and spaces. Into each space is fitted a
-movable metal case, cloth-covered, containing a miniature ledger
-ruled to carry a record of borrowers’ numbers and dates of issue.
-These cases are turned up at each end, thus <img class="inline" src="images/inline6.jpg" width="95" height="35" alt="inline diagram of what's being described" />, and the
-book-number appears at one end on a red ground and at the
-other on a blue ground.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;" id="figure10">
-<img src="images/figure10.jpg" width="500" height="700" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 10.</span><a id="FNanchor_8" href="#Footnote_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a>—<span class="smcap">Cotgreave’s Indicator</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>The blue end is shown to the public to indicate books <i>in</i>,
-and the red end to indicate books <i>out</i>. The ordinary method of
-working it is as follows: The borrower, having found the number
-of the book wanted indicated <i>in</i> (blue), asks for it by number at
-the counter, and hands over his ticket. The assistant, having
-procured the book, next withdraws the indicator-book and enters
-in the first blank space the reader’s ticket-number and the date,
-reverses the little ledger to show the number <i>out</i>, and leaves in it<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_30"></a>[30]</span>
-the borrower’s card; stamps or writes the date on the issue-label
-of the book, and gives it to the reader. On return the indicator
-number is simply turned round, and the borrower receives back
-his card. “Overdues” can be shown by means of coloured clips, or
-by having the borrowers’ cards shaped or coloured, and issues are
-recorded on day-sheets, or by means of application forms. There
-are, however, endless ways of working both the Elliot and Cotgreave
-indicators, though there is only space to describe the most
-elementary forms. Like every other department of library work,
-the working of an indicator-charging system will bear careful
-thought, and leave room for original developments. The “Duplex”
-indicator, invented by Mr. A. W. Robertson, librarian of<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_31"></a>[31]</span>
-Aberdeen, has several novel features which call for attention. A
-full-sized Duplex indicator occupies 5 ft. 4 in. of counter space for
-every 2000 numbers, while a smaller pattern for a similar number
-occupies 3 ft. 8 in. of counter space, both being 4 ft. high, and is a
-frame fitted with slides in the manner of the Cotgreave and Elliot
-indicators. It is also a catalogue, and the numbers and titles of
-books are given on the blocks which fit into numbered spaces.
-Each block has a removable and reversible sheet for carrying a
-record consisting of borrower’s number, number in ticket-register,
-and date of issue. The borrowers’ cards are made of wood, and
-also bear a removable slip for noting the numbers of books read.
-When a book is asked for the assistant proceeds first to the
-indicator and removes the block, which bears on its surface the
-location marks and accession number of the book, and on one end
-the number and title of the book; the other being coloured red to
-indicate <i>out</i>, but also bearing the number. He then carries the
-reader’s number on to the block, and having got and issued the
-book, leaves the block and card on a tray. This is all that is done
-at the moment of issue, and it is simple enough, all the registration
-being postponed till another time. The assistant who does
-this takes a tray of blocks and cards and sits down in front of
-the ticket-register, which is a frame divided into compartments,
-consecutively numbered up to five hundred or more, and bearing
-the date of issue. He then selects a card and block, carries the
-book-number on to the borrower’s card, and the number of the
-first vacant ticket-register compartment, with the date, on to the
-book block, and leaves the borrower’s card in the register. Probably
-the statistical returns will also be made up at this time.
-The blocks are then placed reversed in the indicator, and so are
-shown out to the public. When a book is returned, the assistant
-proceeds to the indicator to turn the block, and while doing so
-notes the date and register number, and then removes and
-returns the borrower’s card. By this process the ticket-register
-is gradually weeded, till on the expiry of the period during which
-books can be kept without fine, all tickets remaining are removed
-to the overdue register, which bears the same date, and are
-placed in its compartments according to the order of the ticket-register.
-A slip bearing those numbers is pinned down the side
-of the overdue register so that defaulters can easily be found.</p>
-
-<p>These are the principal points in the three best indicators yet<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_32"></a>[32]</span>
-invented, and it only remains to note their differences. The
-Elliot indicator system makes the charge to the borrower, and
-preserves no permanent record of book issues apart from the
-label in the book itself. The Cotgreave system charges the
-borrower to the book, and <i>does</i> keep a permanent record of the
-issues. The “Duplex” system shows who has had a certain
-book, what books a certain reader has had, in addition to a
-record on the book itself similar to that kept with the Elliot and
-Cotgreave systems, but only in a temporary manner. So far as
-permanency of record is concerned the Cotgreave is the only indicator
-which keeps this in itself. The reading done by borrowers
-is not shown in a satisfactory manner by any of the three systems,
-as worked in their elementary stages, and the Elliot and Duplex
-records are only available when the readers’ tickets are in the
-library <i>and their places known</i>. Much difference of opinion
-exists among librarians as regards the necessity for a double
-entry charging system, many experienced men holding that a
-simple record of the issues of a book is all that is required.
-Others are equally positive that a separate record of a borrower’s
-reading is only a logical outcome of the spirit of public library
-work, which aims at preserving, as well as compiling, full information
-touching public use and requirements. In this view the
-writer agrees, and strongly recommends every young librarian to
-avoid the slipshod, and go in heart and soul for thoroughness.
-A simple double record of borrowers’ reading and books read,
-which will give as little trouble to the public as possible, is much
-required, and will repay the attention bestowed on it by the
-young librarian. Where application slips are used, which give
-book- and borrower-numbers, it is a simple matter compiling a
-daily record of the reading done by each borrower. At several
-libraries where Cotgreave’s indicator is used, it is done by the
-process of pencilling the number of the book taken out on to a
-card bearing the reader’s number. These cards form a numerical
-register of borrowers, and are posted up from the application
-forms.</p>
-
-<p>Before leaving the subject of charging systems let it again be
-strongly urged that no system of charging should be adopted
-without a careful thinking-out of the whole question; giving due
-consideration of the matters before raised, at counters (p. 10)
-and above, touching space and public convenience in the use of<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_33"></a>[33]</span>
-indicators. Though it is claimed for the indicator that it reduces
-friction between assistant and public, facilitates service, and
-secures impartiality, it should be remembered that it is expensive;
-occupies much space; abolishes most of the helpful relations
-between readers and staff; quickens service only to the staff;
-and after all is not infallible in its working, especially when used
-without any kind of cross-check such as is afforded by application
-forms and separate records of issues to borrowers.</p>
-
-<p>Reference library charging is usually accomplished by placing
-the reader’s application in the place vacated by the book asked
-for, and removing and signing it on return. In some libraries
-these slips are kept for statistical purposes; in others they are
-returned to the reader as a sort of receipt; and in others, again,
-the form has a detachable portion which is used for the same
-purpose. In some libraries two different colours of slips are
-used to facilitate the examination of the shelves on the morning
-after the issues.</p>
-
-<h3>CATALOGUING APPARATUS.</h3>
-
-<p>In this section will be noticed only catalogue-holders, or
-accession-frames, together with any mechanical apparatus
-used in the production of catalogues. Cabinets for holding
-card-catalogues are made in a variety of styles, some being
-drawers fitted into the fronts of counters, and others being
-independent stands of drawers. The usual style of cabinet at
-present used provides for the cards being strung through oval or
-rounded holes on to brass rods, which are fixed, to prevent readers
-from removing them and so upsetting the order of the cards. The
-drawers themselves are made to pull out only as far as necessary,
-in order to prevent careless users from pulling them out altogether
-and working destruction to both fittings and arrangement. The
-construction of these cabinets should only be entrusted to skilled
-workmen, and only oak, walnut, or other hard woods should be
-used. As every librarian has his or her own opinion as to how
-such cabinets should be made and their contents safeguarded, it
-will be best to refer inquirers to examples of such catalogues in
-actual work, in different styles, at Liverpool, Newcastle-on-Tyne,
-Nottingham; the Royal College of Surgeons, Guildhall, Battersea,
-St. Martin-in-the-Fields, and Clerkenwell, London, and elsewhere.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_34"></a>[34]</span>
-A special cabinet is made by Messrs. Stone of Banbury,
-Oxon., but its safeguards require to be improved. A half-falling
-front locked on to the rod which secures the cards is a very
-simple and effective plan of keeping order in isolated cabinets.
-In cases where the backs of the drawers are get-at-able from the
-staff side of the counter, even more simple methods of securing
-the cards, while giving every facility in the way of making
-additions, can be adopted. Projecting guides to show in index
-style the whereabouts of particular parts of the alphabet should
-be made either of tin or linen-mounted cards. Tin lasts best,
-although the lettering sometimes rubs off. Nothing will satisfy a
-librarian, who has a card-catalogue in contemplation, so much as
-the comparison of the kinds adopted in different libraries. The
-chief objection to card cabinets or drawers is the insurmountable
-one of limitation to public use being fixed by the number of
-drawers or cabinets. With drawers in a counter front one consulter
-monopolises one drawer, while with tiers of three or four
-drawers in cabinet form never more than two persons can use it with
-any comfort. The exposure of only one title at a time is another
-serious drawback, while the peculiar daintiness of touch requisite
-for the proper manipulation of the cards makes the use of the
-catalogue a labour and a perplexity to working people with
-hardened finger-tips. We think it likely, therefore, that catalogues
-in a large series of handy guard-books, or in volumes or boxes
-provided with an arrangement for inserting slips of additions,
-will in the future come to be recognised as that best adapted for
-general use. A card-catalogue for staff use ought in any case to
-be kept, either in boxes or covered trays. Another catalogue
-appliance is the accession-frame, or device for making public all
-recent additions to the library. Of these there are several, but
-we need only mention a few as typical of the rest. At some
-libraries a glazed case with shelves is placed on the counter,
-and in this new books are displayed with their titles towards the
-public. It seems to work very well, and has been used with
-success at Birmingham, Lambeth, and elsewhere, to make known
-different classes of literature which are not so popular as they
-should be. Liverpool has, or had, a series of frames in which
-were movable blocks carrying the titles of additions, and at
-Rotherham a somewhat similar plan has been adopted. Cardiff
-shows additions in a frame holding title cards which can be<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_35"></a>[35]</span>
-removed by readers and handed over the counter as demand
-notes. Guard-books like those in use at the British Museum
-are common, both for additions and general catalogues; while
-cards or leaves in volumes laced on cords or rods have been used
-at Manchester, in Italy, and generally in Europe and America.
-A neat box with falling sides for holding catalogue cards is used
-in the University Library of Giessen in Germany, and seems well
-adapted for staff use, or for private and proprietary libraries.
-Latest of all is the ingenious cylindrical catalogue-holder or stand
-invented by Mr. Mason, of St. Martin-in-the-Fields, London.
-It consists of a broad revolving cylinder, upon the outer rim of
-which are placed a number of wooden bars, each wide enough to
-take a written or printed author and title entry. These bars are
-movable, being designed to slide round the whole circumference
-of the cylinder, so that additions can be inserted at any part of
-the alphabet. Each bar represents a book-title, and the plan of
-using is that the titles of additions should be mounted on the
-bars, leaving spaces for additions, and so afford a convenient and
-easily worked accession list in strict alphabetical order. The
-cylinder is intended to be fixed in a counter front or special
-stand, and to be all covered in with the exception of a portion
-about equal to the size of a demy octavo page, which will show
-under glass. The reader turns the cylinder round to the part of
-the alphabet he wants by simply turning a handle, and so the
-whole is shown to him without any waste of public space.</p>
-
-<h3>COPYING MACHINES.</h3>
-
-<p>Typewriters for cataloguing or listing purposes are making
-slow progress in public libraries; but it is unquestionable that
-before long they will be introduced into every large library.
-Their advantages are many, among them being greater speed,
-neatness, and clearness; not to speak of the attention always
-bestowed by the public on printed titles or notices as compared
-with written ones. If many copies of a list of “books
-wanted” should be required, the typewriter will make a
-stencil on waxed paper from which can be printed hundreds of
-copies. If three or six copies of any title or document are
-required the typewriter will print them all at once. For card-catalogues
-it is better to print two or three copies of a title at<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_36"></a>[36]</span>
-once, and mount them on cards afterwards, making one the
-author and another the subject entry. The best machines are
-those called “type-bar” writers, the principle of which is that a
-circle or row of rods carrying types at the ends, operated by a key
-like a pianoforte, is made to strike on a common centre, so that
-a piece of paper fastened at the point of contact is printed by
-being simply jerked along. The various mechanical devices
-employed to achieve the different requirements of printing are
-ingenious, but vary more or less in every machine. The
-following machines are recommended for trial before a choice is
-made: the Bar-lock, the Caligraph, the Hammond, the Remington,
-and the Yost. Any of the manufacturers or agents will
-allow a week or fortnight’s free trial of the machines, and this is
-the most satisfactory way of deciding. Recommendations of
-friends and agents alike should be ignored, and the librarian
-should trust to his own liking in the matter. After all is said,
-there is really very little difference, as regards cost and manipulation,
-in the best machines, and the matter resolves itself into
-a question of meeting the requirements of a particular operator
-or purpose. In the Bar-lock the type-bars strike downwards
-through a narrow inked ribbon. There is a separate key for each
-type. In the Caligraph the bars strike upwards through a broad
-ink ribbon, and the key-board is arranged with capitals down each
-side and the lower case letters in the middle. The Hammond
-is not a type-bar machine, but has two sizes of type on different
-holders which are exchangeable and is operated by keys carrying
-the names of two or three letters. The type-holder is struck by
-a striker working from behind, and the letter is impressed on the
-paper through an inked ribbon. The keys alter the position of
-the holder to bring the proper letter or figure against the
-striker. Cards can be printed more easily by the Hammond
-than by the other machines. The Remington, which has had
-the longest career, has a single key-board, each key representing
-two letters or figures. The bars strike upwards, and the construction
-of the instrument is excellent. The Yost is a light and
-compact machine, which prints direct from an ink pad on to the
-paper. It has a separate key for each type, and a very good
-arrangement for spacing or inserting missed letters.</p>
-
-<p>Other copying or manifolding machines for manuscript are the
-Cyclostyle, Mimeograph, and Trypograph. The two former are<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_37"></a>[37]</span>
-perhaps most useful in libraries; the Mimeograph being best for
-manifolding along with the typewriter. The ordinary screw
-letter copying press is a necessary adjunct of every librarian’s
-office, but in libraries with small incomes an “Anchor” copying
-press, costing about 12s. 6d., will be found to serve all ordinary
-purposes.</p>
-
-<h3>FILES, BOXES, BOOK-HOLDERS, STAMPS, &amp;c.</h3>
-
-<p>Letter files are made in a great variety of styles, from the
-spiked wire to the elaborate and systematic index of the Amberg
-and Shannon Companies. A useful series of cheap document
-files are made by Messrs. John Walker &amp; Co. of London, and
-comprise manilla paper and cloth envelope, and box files for
-alphabetical arrangement, to hold papers about 11 × 9 inches,
-&amp;c. The collapsing accordion files are also made by this firm.
-Single alphabetical files to hold some hundreds of documents
-are supplied by the Amberg and Shannon File Companies in
-neat box form at a small cost; and both these makers can
-supply file-cabinets of any size or for any purpose, so far as
-the preservation of documents is concerned. Any of the above-named
-are preferable to the ordinary wire and binder files which
-pierce and tear documents without keeping them in get-at-able
-order. Sheet-music and prints are best preserved in flat boxes
-with lids and falling fronts, though the former, if kept at all, is
-best bound in volumes. Print boxes are preferable to portfolios
-because they are not so apt to crush their contents, and certainly
-afford a better protection from dust. Pamphlet boxes are made
-in many styles: some with hinged lids and falling fronts as in the
-illustration, Fig. 11; some with book-shaped backs and hinged
-ends, and others in two parts.</p>
-
-<p>Most librarians prefer the cloth-covered box with hinged lid
-and falling front, which can be made in any form by all box-makers.
-The kind shown in the illustration above are manufactured
-by Messrs. Fincham &amp; Co. of London; but others with
-a uniformly-sized rim are made in Glasgow, Bradford, and Manchester.
-Messrs. Marlborough &amp; Co. of London supply boxes
-made in two parts. For filing unbound magazines and serials
-the cloth-covered boxes with lids and flaps are most convenient.
-They should be made of wood when intended for large periodicals<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_38"></a>[38]</span>
-like the <i>Graphic</i> or <i>Era</i>. American cloth or canvas wrappers are
-sometimes used for preserving periodicals previous to binding, but
-boxes will, in the long run, be found most economical, cleanly
-and easily used. There are various kinds of binders made for
-holding a year’s numbers of certain periodicals, in which the
-parts are either laced with cords or secured by wires to the back.
-The difficulty with these seems to be that necessary expansion is
-not always provided against by the appliances supplied. Newspapers
-intended for binding are usually kept on racks and protected
-from dust by American cloth or pasteboard wrappers. In
-other cases a month’s papers are laced on perforated wooden
-bars and kept in rolls.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;" id="figure11">
-<img src="images/figure11.jpg" width="700" height="300" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 11.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;" id="figure12">
-<img src="images/figure12.jpg" width="700" height="475" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 12.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>Stitching machines are sometimes used for periodicals, and
-though probably quicker than ordinary needle and thread sewing,
-have certain drawbacks which make their use worthy of some
-deliberation. In the first place a good machine is expensive and
-somewhat liable to get out of order, and in the second place the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_39"></a>[39]</span>
-wires used for the stitching very often rust, and cause much
-trouble to the binder both because of the tearing of the periodicals
-and the difficulty of their removal.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;" id="figure13-14">
-<img src="images/figure13-14.jpg" width="700" height="275" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Figs. 13-14.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>Reference might be made here to the “Fauntleroy” magazine
-case designed by Mr. Chivers of Bath, in which an ingenious and
-neat brass fastener is substituted for elastic or leather thongs.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;" id="figure15-16">
-<img src="images/figure15-16.jpg" width="700" height="400" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Figs. 15-16.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p>Application forms are sometimes strung in bundles and left
-hanging or lying about, but boxes made to their size and provided
-with thumb-holes in the sides will be found more convenient
-and tidy. Various sorts of holders are made for keeping books
-erect on the shelves or on tables, among which the kinds
-illustrated above are probably best known. The one shown in
-Fig. 12, manufactured by Walker &amp; Co. of London, makes an
-extremely useful device for arranging cards or slips, as it can be
-adjusted to any space from ¼ of an inch. The others are best<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_40"></a>[40]</span>
-adapted for ordinary shelf use. Figs. 13-14 are made by Messrs.
-Braby &amp; Co. of Deptford, London, and Messrs. Lewis &amp; Grundy
-of Nottingham. Figs. 15-16 were designed by Mr. Mason, one
-of the secretaries of the Library Association, and are supplied by
-Messrs. Wake &amp; Dean of London.</p>
-
-<h3>STAMPS, SEALS, &amp;c.</h3>
-
-<p>In addition to labels on the boards, it is usual in public libraries
-to stamp the name of the institution on certain fixed places
-throughout books, in order to simplify identification in cases of
-loss, and to deter intending pilferers from stealing. Metal and
-rubber ink stamps have been in use for a long time, and are
-doubtless the simplest to apply and cheapest to procure. The
-ordinary aniline inks supplied with these stamps are not reliable,
-as they can be quite easily removed by the aid of various
-chemicals. The best ink for the purpose which can be used is
-printing ink, but unfortunately it is difficult to apply and takes a
-very long time to dry thoroughly. The best substitute appears to
-be the ink for rubber stamps manufactured by Messrs. Stephens
-of London, which is not by any means so easily removed as
-the purely aniline kinds. Embossing stamps are perhaps
-more satisfactory as regards indelibility than any of those just
-mentioned, but they are generally somewhat clumsy in make and
-slow in application. The best method of marking books to
-indicate proprietorship and to insure impossibility of removal is
-by the use of a perforating stamp, which will bite several pages
-at once without disfiguring the book. Most of the kinds at
-present made are rather awkward, but there seems no reason
-why a handy perforator in the shape of a pair of pincers should not
-be well within the mechanical abilities of the average embossing
-stamp maker. The difficulty with perforating stamps will always
-be that of having sufficient points to make the letters clear
-without being too large. Dating stamps for lending library
-labels can be had in revolving form for continuous use, or in
-small galleys which can be altered from day to day. The latter
-are cheaper and more easily applied. Seals for public library
-Boards which are incorporated can be procured of any engraver
-at prices ranging from £5 to £50 according to design and
-elaboration. Those in lever presses are just as effective as those
-in screw presses.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_41"></a>[41]</span></p>
-
-<h3>LADDERS, &amp;c.</h3>
-
-<p>Ladders should always be shod with rubber or leather
-at the foot to prevent slipping, and an arrangement like that
-shown in the illustration will be found of service in preventing
-books from being pushed back in the shelves. The hinged
-top and top shelf are the invention of Mr. MacAlister, one of the
-secretaries of the Library Association, and the shelf for the books
-being replaced or taken down was first used at the Kensington
-Public Library, London. If steps are used instead of ladders
-they should be made with treads on both sides so that assistants
-need not turn them about before using. Lightness is a very
-desirable quality both in steps and ladders, and should be aimed
-at before durability. There is nothing more tiresome than having
-to drag about a heavy pair of steps, and the assistants who are
-entirely free from them have to be congratulated.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;" id="figure17">
-<img src="images/figure17.jpg" width="450" height="700" alt="" />
-<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 17.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_42"></a>[42]</span></p>
-
-<p>In some large libraries trucks are used for the conveyance of
-heavy volumes. The light truck, covered with leather on the
-surfaces where books rest, such as is used in the British Museum,
-will be found very useful. Reference might be made here to the
-ingenious carrier invented by Miss James of the People’s Palace
-Library, London, for the purpose of conveying books from the
-galleries to the service counter in the middle of the floor. This
-consists of a box running on a wire cable, and worked by means
-of an endless cord and a wheel. For the peculiar purpose for
-which it was designed it seems to be very satisfactory. There
-are many other forms of lifts in use for lowering books from
-galleries, but very few of them are of general application. In
-certain parishes in London enamelled iron tablets directing to the
-library have been suspended from the ladder-bars of the street
-lamps, to show strangers the whereabouts of the institution.
-These are effective as a means of advertising the library, and
-might be used for a similar purpose in all large towns.</p>
-
-<h3>BOOKS OF RECORD.</h3>
-
-<p>For maintaining a permanent register of the different kinds of
-work accomplished in libraries a great number of books are
-used, the varieties of which are as numerous as charging systems.
-It would serve no useful purpose to describe all of these books,
-much less their variations, and so we shall content ourselves by
-taking a few typical specimens as representative of all the rest.
-As the names of these various books sufficiently describe their
-purpose, it will only be necessary to briefly indicate the uses of
-the more obscure kinds and give occasional rulings in explanation
-of the others.</p>
-
-<p>The <b>minute book</b> contains a complete history of the work of
-the library as far as the proceedings of the Library Board is concerned,
-and in many cases it is really a succinct record of all the
-most important operations of the institution. It should be well
-bound in morocco or other strong leather, and should consist of
-good quality paper ruled faint and margin, and paged. The
-<b>agenda book</b> forms the necessary accompaniment of the minutes,
-and is a sort of draft minute book in which all the business to
-come before the meeting is entered. A plain foolscap folio book,
-ruled faint only, will serve for this purpose. The business is<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_43"></a>[43]</span>
-generally entered on one side of the folio and the resolutions of
-the meeting on the other. To save possible misunderstandings
-the chairman ought to enter the decisions of the Board himself,
-after reading them over, and the minutes should be compiled
-from this record rather than from separate notes made by the
-clerk. The business books of public libraries are not often kept
-by the librarian, except in London where the duties of clerk are
-usually conjoined. For that reason it is perhaps needless to do
-more than name the cash book, ledger, petty cash book, cash
-receipt book, and postage book as the principal records maintained
-for financial purposes. Many librarians unite their issue and
-receipts from fines books, while others keep separate records;
-but it is best for beginners to keep their cash affairs strictly
-apart, and in the ordinary fashion of good business houses. The
-<b>donation book</b> is the record of all books, prints, maps, or other
-gifts to the library, ruled to show the following particulars:
-Author and Title | Vols. and Date | Name and Address of Donor
- | Date of Receipt | Date of Acknowledgment | and, sometimes,
-the library number. Some libraries have this book with a
-counterfoil, in which a double entry is made, and the detachable
-portion is torn off to form a thanks circular. This is a very
-convenient style of register.</p>
-
-<p><b>Proposition book</b> and <b>suggestion book</b>. In many cases
-these are nothing more than plain faint ruled folio volumes, in
-which readers are allowed to enter suggestions of new books
-or on the management of the library. Often, however, the
-proposition book is ruled to carry the following particulars:
-Book proposed | Publisher and Price | Date of Publication | Name
-and Address of Proposer | Decision of Committee | Date or Number
-of Order |. In other cases a form is supplied to readers desirous
-of making suggestions of any sort. <b>Contract</b> or <b>estimate
-books</b> are not always used, but the young librarian will find it
-of the greatest convenience to keep a chronological record of every
-estimate received for work to be done in the library. A guard
-book in which can be pasted the various tenders received, or an
-ordinary plain ruled one in which they can be entered, will be
-found a perfect treasury of assistance in many cases. An index at
-the beginning or end can easily be made. <b>Inventory books</b> are
-intended to furnish a complete record of all the library property,
-showing when, from whom, and at what cost every item of<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_44"></a>[44]</span>
-furniture, fitting, stationery, &amp;c., was procured. It can be kept in
-a specially ruled book, or in a faint ruled folio, classified to show
-the different kinds of supplies. When re-ordering or reckoning
-up the duration of supplies, this book will be found of the greatest
-use. As a record of prices it is also valuable. <b>Invoice books</b>
-are sometimes kept in two forms: first, as mere guard books in
-which paid invoices are pasted; and second, as chronological
-records of every lot of books received by purchase or donation.
-This very often saves much trouble in fixing the routine in which
-books should be dealt with when being prepared for public use.
-The ordinary ruling is as follows: Date of Receipt | Name of
-Donor or Vendor | First Word of Invoice | No. of Vols. | Total Cost
- | Remarks |. In addition to these columns some librarians add
-spaces for marking with initials when every process connected
-with the preparation of the books has been finished. <b>Location
-books</b> are used only with the movable system of shelving books
-and are long narrow volumes ruled to hold 50 lines on a folio,
-with the numbers written or printed down one side, generally
-running from 1 to 10,000. The specimen ruling will show this
-plainly.</p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th colspan="3">501-550</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th class="bt bb br bl">No.</th>
- <th class="bt bb br">Location.</th>
- <th class="bt bb br">Author and Title.</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr br bl">501</td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr br bl">02</td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr br bl">03</td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="noindent">The first new book awaiting treatment of course receives the first
-unappropriated number. Some location books give additional
-particulars, such as a column for the date of accession of books,
-which is often required when spaces are left for continued sets of
-a series. The <b>stock book</b> in most libraries forms a numerical
-catalogue of accessions in the order of their receipt; giving
-particulars of edition, binding, vendor or donor, price, and other
-information. It is, therefore, the most valuable record kept
-by the library, if the minute book is excepted. Some are
-classified, others classify the books in separate columns, while
-a few keep the classification in a different book. The following
-selection of headings will show the variety of rulings<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_45"></a>[45]</span>
-in use. At Bradford a classified stock book is used, and it
-is ruled thus:—</p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th colspan="2">(<span class="smcap">Press</span>)<br />850-899.</th>
- <th colspan="3"><span class="smcap">Class.</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th class="br bt bb bl"><span class="smcap">Date.</span></th>
- <th class="brt bt bb"><span class="smcap">Book No.</span></th>
- <th class="bt bb" style="min-width: 8em;"><span class="smcap">Title.</span></th>
- <th class="br bt bb" style="min-width: 8em;"><span class="smcap">Author.</span></th>
- <th class="br bt bb"><span class="smcap">Stock<br />Book No.</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr br bl"></td>
- <td class="tdr brt">850</td>
- <td class="tdr"></td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr br bl"></td>
- <td class="tdr brt">851</td>
- <td class="tdr"></td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr br bl"></td>
- <td class="tdr brt">852</td>
- <td class="tdr"></td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- <td class="tdr br"></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="noindent">The last column refers to a book in which purchases are entered
-with a consecutive numbering, and is an index to the accession of
-the volumes, while the stock book shown above is primarily a
-<i>place</i> book. It is thus rather a shelf register than a record of
-accession of stock. The Mitchell Library, Glasgow, uses the
-following headings: Date of Receipt | Author and Title | Language
- | Number | Class Letter | Number of Vols. | New Work or
-Continuation | Book or Pamphlet | Size | Place of Publication |
-Date of Publication | Condition when Received | Donor, if Presented
- | Price, if Purchased | Discount | Vendor | Collation |
-Special Collections | Remarks |. Various Modifications of this
-stock book are used in different libraries. At Manchester a
-much briefer description is given, namely: Date when Received |
-Author | Title | No. of Vols. | No. of Pamphlets | Class | Size |
-Place of Publication | Date when Published | Condition when
-Received | Donor, if Presented | Price, if Purchased | Vendor, if
-Purchased | Remarks |. In this book no provision seems to be
-made for the number which directs to the place of books or their
-order of accession. The stock book used at Lambeth classifies as
-it goes along, and has headings as follows:</p>
-
-<table summary=" " class="smaller">
- <tr>
- <th rowspan="2" class="br bl">Stock Number</th>
- <th rowspan="2" class="br">Shelf Number</th>
- <th rowspan="2" class="br">Author and Title</th>
- <th rowspan="2" class="br">Volumes</th>
- <th rowspan="2" class="br">Condition</th>
- <th rowspan="2" class="br">Vendor or Donor</th>
- <th rowspan="2" class="br">Price</th>
- <th colspan="3" class="br bb">How Acquired</th>
- <th class="br">Classification</th>
- <th rowspan="2" class="br">Remarks</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th class="br">Bought</th>
- <th class="br">Given</th>
- <th class="br">News Room</th>
- <th class="br">A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I.</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdc br bl">7501</td>
- <td class="tdc br">B 1874</td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- <td class="tdc br"></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="noindent">This is intended for<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_46"></a>[46]</span>
-lending library books. For reference libraries the dates of
-publication and other particulars of edition would be given. At
-Liverpool and Chelsea a cumulative system of classifying is used,
-which is shown in the following sample: | Date Received |
-Author | Title | No. of Vols. | Size | Place of Publication | Date
-of Publication | Bound in | Class | Number | Donor or Vendor |
-Price | Net Total | Class Accession Number | Accession Number
- | Remarks |.</p>
-
-<p>With stock books of the Glasgow pattern a classification book
-is commonly used, in which are entered abstracts of classes,
-books, pamphlets, purchases, gifts, works as distinguished from
-volumes, special collections, totals, &amp;c., page by page. Accuracy
-is almost inevitable by this method, owing to the numerous cross
-checks provided. In some libraries separate stock books are
-kept for periodicals and annual publications, but the principle in
-all is similar to the ordinary stock book. It only remains to add
-that, as stock books are records of some importance and permanency,
-they ought to be made of the very best materials. The <b>shelf
-register</b>, as the name indicates, is the volume in which a list of
-the books is kept, in the order of their arrangement on the shelves.
-Such registers are only required for the fixed plan of location.
-The most elementary form simply gives the | Press Mark | Author
-and Title | No. of Vols. | Stock, Progressive, or Consecutive Number
- | ; the last referring to the entry in the accessions or stock
-book. Others are much more elaborate, being really varieties of
-classified stock books, and giving particulars of edition, price, &amp;c.
-The main uses of the shelf catalogue or register are to fix the
-numbers of new books, and to afford a ready means of taking
-stock. The varieties of this book are practically endless, and
-we shall only give two other specimens:—</p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th colspan="7" class="tdr">Press No. _________________</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th colspan="7" class="tdr">Shelf Letter ______________</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th class="blt br btt">Date of Accession.</th>
- <th class="br btt">Shelf Order.</th>
- <th class="br btt">Progressive Number.</th>
- <th class="br btt">Author.</th>
- <th class="br btt">Short Title.</th>
- <th class="br btt">Place.</th>
- <th class="brt btt">Date.</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="blt br">&nbsp;</td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="blt br">&nbsp;</td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="noindent">and</p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th class="blt br btt">Remarks.</th>
- <th class="br btt">Number.</th>
- <th class="br btt">Author.</th>
- <th class="br btt">Title of Book.</th>
- <th class="brt btt">Admitted.</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="blt br">&nbsp;</td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="blt br">&nbsp;</td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td class="brt"></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_47"></a>[47]</span></p>
-
-<p><b>Duplicate registers</b> give particulars of the accession of duplicate
-books, and their destination if sold or exchanged. <b>Order</b>
-and <b>letter books</b> are usually just separate copying books, but
-frequently the former are kept with counterfoils, and sometimes
-separate ruled forms are used, and simply copied into an ordinary
-tissue letter book. <b>Binding books</b> or sheets record the volumes
-sent out for binding or repair, and usually note the following
-particulars:—</p>
-
-<p>Manchester. <span class="spacer">Date of Sending.</span></p>
-
-<p> | Press Mark | Title of Book for Lettering | Date of Return | Binder’s Charge |.</p>
-
-<p>Bradford. <span class="spacer">Date of Sending.</span></p>
-
-<p> | Style | Book Number | Title | Price |.</p>
-
-<p>Mitchell Library, Glasgow. <span class="spacer">Date of Sending.</span></p>
-
-<p> | Instruction | Lettering | Date of Return |.</p>
-
-<p><b>Borrowers’</b> and <b>guarantors’ registers</b> are sometimes kept in
-books, but often on cards, which are the most convenient. They
-register names, addresses, period of borrowing right, and guarantors
-in one case, and names, addresses, and persons guaranteed in the
-other. In some libraries a record of each borrower’s reading is
-posted on to his card from the book application forms.</p>
-
-<p><b>Periodical receipt and check books</b> are for marking off the
-current numbers of newspapers and magazines as received from
-the newsagent, and for checking them each morning as they lie
-on the tables or racks. Ruled sheets and cards are also used for
-the same purpose. They usually consist of lists of monthly,
-weekly, daily, and other periodicals, with rulings to show dates
-of receipt or finding covering a period of one to six months.
-<b>Issue books</b>, for recording the issues of books in libraries, are
-designed in many styles, each having reference to the particular
-requirements of a certain institution. Generally, however, the
-particulars preserved include: | Date | No. of Vols. Issued by
-Classes | Totals | Weekly or Monthly Average |. Many give
-the number of visits to newsrooms and reading-rooms, while others
-include the amounts received from fines, sale of catalogues, &amp;c.
-One issue book is usually ruled to show the work accomplished
-in every department, but many libraries keep separate registers
-for lending and reference departments. In towns where there are<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_48"></a>[48]</span>
-a number of branch libraries the returns of issues, &amp;c., are often
-recorded in a very elaborate and complete fashion. The day
-book or issue ledger has already been referred to under ledger
-charging systems, but in addition to these there is an endless
-variety of daily issue sheets, some simple and some very complex.
-It would be useless to give patterns of these, as the whole question
-of their adoption hinges on the main system by which each
-library is managed. <b>Work books</b>, <b>time book</b> and <b>sheets</b>,
-<b>scrap books</b>, and <b>lost and found registers</b> are sufficiently
-described by their names. The two first are for staff management,
-and in large libraries are absolutely necessary; the work
-book for noting the duties of each assistant, and the time book or
-sheet for recording times of arrival and departure from duty. Lost
-and found registers record thefts, mutilations, or other abstractions
-of library property, and dates and descriptions of articles found on
-the premises. These are, roughly speaking, the most necessary
-books of record required in the administration of a public library,
-but many others exist which have been designed for special purposes.
-The Museum of the Association contains specimens of
-many of the books above named, and librarians are, as a rule,
-glad to show what they have in the way of novelties or variations
-from standard patterns.</p>
-
-<h3>FORMS AND STATIONERY.</h3>
-
-<p>Here again selection is difficult, owing to the perplexing
-quantity and variety of forms, and we shall, with as little comment
-as possible, merely give specimens or indicate uses.</p>
-
-<p><i>Precept forms</i> are the requisitions for the library rate presented
-by London Commissioners to the Local Boards or Vestries.</p>
-
-<p><i>Public notices</i>, <i>rules</i>, &amp;c., should be boldly printed and displayed
-in glazed frames.</p>
-
-<p>Requisition forms are in use in a few of the larger libraries.
-They are filled up and submitted to the Library Committee when
-supplies are wanted. They seem rather a useless formality where
-an agenda book is kept.</p>
-
-<p><i>Thanks circulars</i> or <i>acknowledgment forms</i> usually bear the
-arms of the library, and are engraved on quarto sheets of good
-paper. Many libraries use a simple post-card with a very curt
-acknowledgment. Others use perforated receipt books or
-donation books with counterfoils, like those previously described.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_49"></a>[49]</span></p>
-
-<p><i>Labels</i> and <i>book-plates</i> for the inside of the boards of books in
-addition to the name and arms of the library often bear location
-marks and book numbers, or the names of donors. Paste holds
-them better than gum, and is much cleaner. An engraved bookplate
-of any artistic pretension should be dated and signed by
-designer and engraver. It is to be regretted that more of our
-large reference libraries do not use photographic or other
-reproductions of views of their best rooms for this purpose. The
-town’s arms are inappropriate and meaningless, while the library
-interior is of historical interest and germane to the object held in
-view, namely, marking suitably to indicate ownership.</p>
-
-<p><i>Issues</i> and <i>rule-labels</i> are chiefly used in lending libraries,
-though some reference libraries have labels on which the dates
-of issues are noted. The issue-labels must be ruled to suit the
-system of charging adopted, the ledger systems as a rule requiring
-something more than mere date slips. The rule-labels usually
-bear an abstract of the library rules applicable to the borrowing
-of books.</p>
-
-<p><i>Vouchers</i> for lending library borrowers must, of course, be
-arranged according to the general rules of the library; but in
-every case the agreement should take the form of a declaration:
-“I, the undersigned,” or “I, ________, do hereby,” or “I, ________
-of ________, ratepayer in the ________, do hereby”. A large
-selection of all kinds of these vouchers and applications for the right
-of borrowing are preserved in the Museum of the Library Association.
-Most librarians bind the vouchers when filled up and
-numbered in convenient volumes, or mount them in blank books.</p>
-
-<p><i>Borrowers’ tickets</i> or <i>cards</i> also are entirely governed by the
-system of charging as regards shape, size, and material. Millboard,
-pasteboard, leather, wood, and cloth are all used. In
-cases where borrowers are allowed to retain their cards when
-they have books out it is advisable to have them rather strongly
-made, or else provide cases, especially when the right of borrowing
-extends over two years.</p>
-
-<p><i>Receipts for fines</i>, &amp;c., may either be in books of numbered and
-priced tickets—1d., 2d., 3d., 6d., &amp;c.—or in perforated counterfoil
-books with running numbers. Both kinds are extensively used,
-as well as tissue books with carbonised paper, similar to those
-seen in drapers’ shops.</p>
-
-<p><i>Application forms for books</i> exist in many varieties, but chiefly<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_50"></a>[50]</span>
-in connection with reference libraries. The number of lending
-libraries which use the application slips is as yet comparatively
-small, but there are indications pointing to a more general
-adoption of this appliance, especially where indicators are used.
-Some reference libraries have an elaborate application in duplicate,
-one part being retained when the transaction is complete,
-and the other returned to the borrower. The plan adopted in
-the British Museum of charging assistants with issues, and returning
-the readers’ applications, is not recommended for imitation.
-The very special arrangements of the Museum require special
-means of working, which are not suitable for general adoption.
-On reference library applications, in addition to the usual admonitory
-sentences as to books being only for use on the premises,
-&amp;c., it is customary to ask for the book number or its press mark,
-author and title, volumes wanted, reader’s name and address,
-and date. In addition most libraries include a space for the
-initials of the assistant who issues and replaces the book, while
-some ask for the ages and professions of readers. Lending
-library applications need be no more elaborate than this:—</p>
-
-<table class="allb" summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th colspan="2">________ PUBLIC LIBRARY.</th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="bbn"><span class="smcap">No. of Book Wanted.</span></td>
- <td class="bbn"><span class="smcap">No. of Borrower’s Ticket.</span></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="btn"></td>
- <td class="btn pt8 tdc"><span class="smcap">Date.</span></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>Or this:—</p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <th colspan="3">________ PUBLIC LIBRARY.<br /><span class="smcap">Lending Department.</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <th class="bb bt br"><span class="smcap">Book Number.</span></th>
- <th class="bb bt br"><span class="smcap">Author and Title of Book Wanted.</span></th>
- <th class="bb bt"><span class="smcap">Ticket Number.</span></th>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="pt8 br"></td>
- <td class="br"></td>
- <td></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="bt br"></td>
- <td class="bt br tdc"><span class="smcap">Date.</span></td>
- <td class="bt tdc"><span class="smcap">Vols. Issued.</span></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_51"></a>[51]</span></p>
-
-<p>Renewal slips and post-cards, and bespoke cards or forms
-require no description.</p>
-
-<p><i>Information circulars</i> and <i>readers’ handbooks</i> are becoming more
-and more general, and many useful documents of the kind have
-been issued. The object of all is to direct attention to the
-library, its uses, and contents, while making more public the rules,
-newspapers taken, hours of opening, &amp;c. The little handbooks
-issued from Manchester, Boston (U.S.), Glasgow, and elsewhere,
-are models.</p>
-
-<p>The barest reference will suffice for such articles as book-marks,
-cloth or paper, overdue notices and post-cards, issue
-returns, branch library returns, infectious diseases notification
-forms, and stock-taking returns, all of which are almost explained
-by their names. It should be stated as a curious fact
-that very many persons object to having notices of overdue books
-or defaulting borrowers sent on post-cards, while others think a
-charge for the postage of such notices an imposition. Any young
-librarian desirous of obtaining specimens of these or any other
-forms will always be sure to get them on application at the
-various libraries. The Museum, as before stated, contains a
-number of all kinds of forms.</p>
-
-<p>As regards ordinary <span class="smcap">Stationery</span> it is hardly necessary to say
-much. Note-paper is usually stamped with the library arms,
-and envelopes with the name on the flap. Pens, ink, pencils,
-rulers, date-cases, paper-knives, &amp;c., are all so familiar that it
-would be waste of time to consider them separately. Any intelligent
-librarian will find endless suggestion and profit from a
-visit to a large stationer’s warehouse, and may even pick up
-wrinkles of some value by keeping his eyes open to the adaptability
-of many articles of manufactured stationery.</p>
-
-<h3>RECIPES.</h3>
-
-<p><i>Pastes.</i> Ordinary flour paste is made by mixing flour and
-water to the consistency of a thin cream, taking care that all
-knots are rubbed out, and boiling over a slow fire with constant
-stirring until it becomes translucent. It can be made of almost
-any thickness and toughness, and by the admixture of a little glue
-very strong paste is obtained. A few drops of oil of cloves,
-creasote, or corrosive sublimate, or a few grains of salicylic acid<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_52"></a>[52]</span>
-will preserve flour paste for a long time if it is kept in closely
-covered vessels. The office paste called “Stickphast” is a variety
-of this preparation, and is much better than gum. There are a
-number of firms in London and elsewhere who make flour pastes
-which will keep, and these may be had through any bookbinder
-or direct from the makers at a cost as small as the home-made
-kinds, and of a much superior quality. There are various preparations
-of starch also used as paste, but they are best adapted
-for mounting photographs. A clean compound called “gloy”
-used to be sold in bottles, and was found useful for mounting fine
-plates or for office purposes. Mr. Zaehnsdorf recommends a
-paste made of rice flour, mixed with cold water and gently
-boiled, as one admirably adapted for delicate work. For all
-purposes of book patching which can be accomplished by the
-library staff Le Page’s soluble glue will be found handier and
-better than the ordinary kinds.</p>
-
-<p><i>Stains</i> caused by writing-ink may be removed by (1) Equal
-quantities of lapis calaminaris, common salt, and rock alum,
-boiled in white wine for half-an-hour, and applied with a
-brush or sponge. (2) A small quantity of oxalic or muriatic
-acid diluted with water, applied with a camel’s hair brush, and
-dried with clean white blotting paper—two applications. (3)
-Solution of oxalic acid and water, after which the leaves
-should be dipped in a weak solution of chloride of lime and
-water, and thoroughly dried, after washing in clean water.
-(4) Aniline ink stains can be sponged off with warm water,
-or completely removed by a bath of alcohol. Grease spots
-or oil stains can be removed by (1) washing or dabbing the
-part with ether or benzoline, and afterwards placing between
-white blotting paper, over which pass a hot iron. Keep
-the ether and benzoline away from burning lights. (2) Put the
-leaf between two pieces of white blotting paper and carefully
-apply a hot iron to both sides. (3) When the stain is caused by a
-slice of bacon having been used as a book-mark, or by contact with
-a paraffin lamp, the borrower should be asked to remove it and
-supply a new copy of the work! (4) In general oxalic, citric,
-and tartaric acids are safe agents to use for removing stains in
-books, as they do not affect the letter-press. (5) Water and
-damp stains are removable by the application of boiling water
-and alum. (6) Foxing may be removed by dipping the leaves<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_53"></a>[53]</span>
-in a weak solution of hydrochloric acid, half ounce of acid to one
-pint of hot water, or by a weak bath of chlorine water. (7) Mud
-stains will yield to washing in cold water, then in a weak solution
-of muriatic acid, and finally in a weak solution of chloride of
-lime; dry well. For many practical hints on these and other
-subjects, see the admirable <i>Art of Bookbinding</i>, by J. W. Zaehnsdorf,
-issued as one of Bell’s “Technological Handbooks”. The receipts
-given in Power’s <i>Handy Book about Books</i>, Brannt and Wahl’s
-<i>Techno-Chemical Receipt Book</i>, and Cooley’s <i>Cyclopædia of Practical
-Receipts</i> will also repay a little study.</p>
-
-<p><i>To repair torn leaves</i>: lay the torn leaf upon a piece of tissue
-paper of the same colour as the leaf itself. Touch the edges of
-the torn pieces, lightly, with good paste, <i>applied by the finger</i>,—bring
-them carefully together in proper position and place on top
-another piece of tissue paper; then put the volume under a
-heavy weight or in a press and leave it till next day. Finally,
-with great care, tear off the tissue paper which will adhere
-wherever it has touched the paste. The fibres of the tissue
-which remain, together with the paste, result in an almost
-invisible union of the torn fragments.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="footnotes">
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">FOOTNOTES</h2>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1" class="label">[1]</a> For Figures 1, 3, and 7 we are indebted to Mr. Thomas Greenwood, in whose work on
-Public Libraries they appear.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2" class="label">[2]</a> For Figures 2 and 4 we have to thank Messrs. Wake &amp; Dean, library furnishers, London.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3" class="label">[3]</a> We believe the credit of this really most ingenious invention belongs to the late Dr.
-Tyler, one of the founders of Bethnal Green Free Library.—<span class="smcap">Editors.</span></p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4" class="label">[4]</a> See <i>Library Chronicle</i>, vol. iv. p. 88; Library Notes (American); and <i>The Library</i>, vol.
-III. p. 414.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5" class="label">[5]</a> An ingenious adaptation of this invention is suggested and described by Mr. Lymburn,
-Librarian of Glasgow University Library—in <i>The Library</i> for July-August, 1892—<span class="smcap">Editors.</span></p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6" class="label">[6]</a> Figures 5, 6, and 8 are inserted by kind permission of Messrs. Hammer &amp; Co.,
-library furnishers, London.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7" class="label">[7]</a> For Figures 9, 11, 13, 14, and 17 we are indebted to Mr. Greenwood’s work on Public
-Libraries.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8" class="label">[8]</a> We are obliged to Messrs. Wake &amp; Dean for the Figures Nos. 10, 15 and 16.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_54"></a>[54]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">INDEX.</h2>
-
-</div>
-
-<ul>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Accession frames, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Accessions book, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(order book), <a href="#Page_44">44</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Acknowledgment forms, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Advertising whereabouts of libraries, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Agenda book, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Alphabetical files, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Amberg files, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Anchor copying press, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Application form boxes, <a href="#Page_39">39</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Application forms for books, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(lending), <a href="#Page_24">24</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(reference), <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Arm-chairs, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Assistants’ time-book, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Bar-lock typewriter, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Battersea P. L. card catalogue, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Bespoke cards and forms, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Bethnal Green L. (sliding cases), <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Binder files, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Binding (order) books and sheets, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Birmingham Public Library accession shelves, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Blanks, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Book-cases, <a href="#Page_2">2-6</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Book-cases (arrangement), <a href="#Page_6">6</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(blinds), <a href="#Page_10">10</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(British Museum sliding), <a href="#Page_8">8</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(double), <a href="#Page_2">2</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(glazed), <a href="#Page_10">10</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(iron), <a href="#Page_8">8</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(locked), <a href="#Page_10">10</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(materials), <a href="#Page_6">6</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(reference library), <a href="#Page_5">5</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(revolving), <a href="#Page_9">9</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(single with ledge), <a href="#Page_6">6</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(skeleton), <a href="#Page_4">4</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(wire fronts), <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Book-holders, <a href="#Page_39">39</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Book-marks, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Book-plates, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Booking systems, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Books of record, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Borrowers (applications), <a href="#Page_24">24</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(register), <a href="#Page_47">47</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(tickets), <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Boxes for pamphlets, &amp;c., <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Braby &amp; Co.’s book-support, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Bradford P. L. (accessions book), <a href="#Page_45">45</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(binding order book), <a href="#Page_47">47</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(charging system), <a href="#Page_25">25</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Branch library returns, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">British Museum (issue system), <a href="#Page_50">50</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(sliding cases), <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Burgoyne newspaper holder, <a href="#Page_18">18</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Business books, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Caligraph typewriter, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Call slips, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Card catalogues, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Card-charging systems, <a href="#Page_25">25</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cardiff P. L. accession frame, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cards for press classification, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cases for books, <a href="#Page_2">2-6</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Catalogue cabinets, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cataloguing apparatus, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Chairs, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Charging systems, <a href="#Page_20">20-33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Chelsea P. L. (charging system), <a href="#Page_26">26</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(stock book), <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Chivers’ magazine case, <a href="#Page_39">39</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Circulars of information, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Classification book, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Classification frames, <a href="#Page_9">9-10</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Clerkenwell P. L. card catalogue, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cloth-covered boxes, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Contents frames, <a href="#Page_9">9-10</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Contract book, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Copying machines, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cotgreave’s indicator, <a href="#Page_29">29</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(periodical rack), <a href="#Page_15">15</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Counters, <a href="#Page_10">10-12</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Counters (card catalogues in), <a href="#Page_12">12</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(sizes), <a href="#Page_11">11</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(tills), <a href="#Page_11">11</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cumming’s newspaper holder, <a href="#Page_18">18</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cupboards, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cyclostyle copying machine, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Cylindrical catalogue holder, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Daily issue sheets, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Date-labels, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Dating stamps, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Day books, <a href="#Page_21">21</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Day issue sheets, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx"><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_55"></a>[55]</span>Demand notes, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Desk-tables, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Desks (reading), <a href="#Page_14">14</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(staff), <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Document files, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Donation book, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Drawers for card catalogues, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Duplex indicator, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Duplicate registers, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Dust protectors, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Elliot’s indicator, <a href="#Page_27">27</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Embossing stamps for books, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Enamelled iron lamp tablets, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Enamelled title labels, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>, <a href="#Page_18">18</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Estimate book, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Fauntleroy magazine case, <a href="#Page_39">39</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Files, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Fineham &amp; Co.’s pamphlet boxes, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Fine receipt books, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Fittings, <a href="#Page_2">2</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Forms, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Found property register, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Foxing of plates, to remove, <a href="#Page_52">52</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Furniture, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Giessen University catalogue case, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Glass-fronted book-cases, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Glass show-cases, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Gloy paste, <a href="#Page_52">52</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Glue (Le Page’s soluble), <a href="#Page_52">52</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Grease stains, to remove, <a href="#Page_52">52</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Guarantor’s register, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Guard-book catalogues, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Guides for card catalogues, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Guildhall Library card catalogue, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Hammond typewriter, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Hat racks, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(rails on chairs), <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Hill’s newspaper holder, <a href="#Page_18">18</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Holders for newspapers, <a href="#Page_18">18</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Indicators, <a href="#Page_27">27-33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Information circulars, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Ink stamps for books, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Ink wells, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Inventory book, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Invoice book, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Iron book-cases, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Issue book, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(labels), <a href="#Page_46">46-49</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(recording systems), <a href="#Page_20">20</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(stamps), <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">James’ book carrier, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Journal charging system, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Kensington Public Library ladder, <a href="#Page_41">41</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Key cupboards, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Labels for books, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Ladders, <a href="#Page_41">41</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Lambeth Public Library (accession shelves), <a href="#Page_34">34</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(stock book), <a href="#Page_45">45</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Leather for chair legs, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Ledger charging systems, <a href="#Page_21">21</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Lending library application forms, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Lending systems, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Letter book, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Letter copying presses, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Lewis and Grundy’s book-holder, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Lists of wants, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Liverpool Public Library (accession frame), <a href="#Page_34">34</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(card catalogue), <a href="#Page_33">33</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(charging system), <a href="#Page_26">26</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(stock book), <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Location book, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">London Institution, <a href="#Page_15">15</a>, <a href="#Page_26">26</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Lost property register, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Lucy &amp; Co.’s iron book shelves, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Lupton’s borrowers’ note-book, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">MacAlister’s shelved ladder, <a href="#Page_41">41</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Magazine racks, <a href="#Page_14">14-17</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Manchester P.L. (binding order book), <a href="#Page_47">47</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(card catalogue), <a href="#Page_35">35</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(readers’ handbook), <a href="#Page_51">51</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(stock book), <a href="#Page_45">45</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(periodical arrangement), <a href="#Page_15">15</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Manifolding machines, <a href="#Page_35">35-36</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Marlborough pamphlet cases, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Mason’s book-holder, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(catalogue holder), <a href="#Page_35">35</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Mimeograph copying machine, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Minute book, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Mitchell Library, Glasgow, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>, <a href="#Page_15">15</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(binding order book), <a href="#Page_47">47</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(stock book), <a href="#Page_45">45</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Movable location finding register, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Museum cases, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Museum of Library Association, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Music boxes, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">National Liberal Club, London, <a href="#Page_16">16</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Newspapers (holders), <a href="#Page_18">18</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(stands), <a href="#Page_17">17-19</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Notices to the public, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Nottingham P. L. card catalogue, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Numbers for shelves, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Order book, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Overdue books, detection of, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>, <a href="#Page_23">23</a>, <a href="#Page_26">26</a>, <a href="#Page_27">27</a>, <a href="#Page_29">29</a>, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(notices), <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Pamphlet boxes, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Parr’s card-charging system, <a href="#Page_26">26</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Paste for mending, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Pedestal tables, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Pegs for shelves, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx"><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_56"></a>[56]</span>Perforating stamps for books, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Periodicals (arrangement), <a href="#Page_14">14-15</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(binders), <a href="#Page_37">37</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(check book), <a href="#Page_47">47</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(files), <a href="#Page_37">37</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(racks), <a href="#Page_14">14-17</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(receipt book), <a href="#Page_47">47</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(stock book), <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Precept form, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Press marks, <a href="#Page_9">9-10</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Presses for books, <a href="#Page_2">2-6</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Print boxes, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Proposition book, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Racks (periodicals), <a href="#Page_14">14-17</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(hats, &amp;c.), <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Readers’ handbooks, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Reading slopes, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Reading stands (newspapers), <a href="#Page_17">17</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Receipts for fines, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Recipes for paste, stain-removal, &amp;c., <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Records of library work, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Reference library (application forms), <a href="#Page_50">50</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(charging), <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Remington typewriter, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Renewal forms for books, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Requisition forms (staff), <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Revolving book-cases, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Revolving catalogue holder, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Robertson’s indicator, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Rotherham P. L. note-book, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Routine (invoice) book, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Royal College of Surgeons, London, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Rubber stamp ink (Stephens’), <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Rubber stamps, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Rubber stamps for books, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Rule-labels, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Rules and regulations, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">St. Martin’s Public Library, <a href="#Page_15">15</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Screw newspaper holder, <a href="#Page_18">18</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Seals for Library Boards, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Shannon files, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Shelf-edging, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(fittings), <a href="#Page_7">7</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(numbers), <a href="#Page_9">9</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(registers), <a href="#Page_46">46</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Shelves, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Show cases, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Stains, to remove, <a href="#Page_52">52</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Stamps for books, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(dating), <a href="#Page_40">40</a>;</li>
-<li class="isub1">(issues), <a href="#Page_21">21</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Stationery, <a href="#Page_48">48-51</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Stationery cupboards, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Steps for libraries, <a href="#Page_41">41</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Stickphast paste, <a href="#Page_52">52</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Stitching machines, <a href="#Page_38">38</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Stock book, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Stone’s card catalogue cabinet, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Store presses, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Studs for shelves, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Suggestion book, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Superintendents’ desks, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Tables, <a href="#Page_12">12-14</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Tablets for directing to libraries, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Technical appliances, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Thanks circulars, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Ticket-books, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Tickets for borrowers, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Time (assistants’) book, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Tonks’ shelf fitting, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Tray book-cases, <a href="#Page_6">6</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Trucks for books, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Trypograph copying machine, <a href="#Page_37">37</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Typewriters, <a href="#Page_35">35-36</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Umbrella stands, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Voucher forms, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Wake and Dean’s book-holder, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Walker’s book-rack, <a href="#Page_39">39</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Waterston’s borrowers’ note-book, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Wire-fronted book-cases, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Wire-stitching machines, <a href="#Page_38">38</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Wolverhampton Public Library, <a href="#Page_15">15</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="indx">Work book, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Yost typewriter, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li>
-
-<li class="ifrst">Zaehnsdorf’s paste, <a href="#Page_52">52</a>.</li>
-
-</ul>
-
-<p class="mt3">ABERDEEN UNIVERSITY PRESS.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<p class="center larger"><b>WAKE &amp; DEAN,</b></p>
-
-<p class="center">School, Church, &amp; Library Furniture Manufacturers.</p>
-
-<p class="center"><b>111 LONDON ROAD, LONDON, S.E.</b></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;">
-<img src="images/wakeanddeanad.jpg" width="700" height="225" alt="" />
-<p class="caption">GOLD MEDAL, LONDON, 1885. <span class="spacer">SILVER MEDAL, ANTWERP, 1885.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p class="center smaller">Manufacturers to Her Majesty’s Stationery Office and War Office.</p>
-
-<p class="center smaller">LONDON SCHOOL BOARD, AND OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS THROUGHOUT ENGLAND,
-SCOTLAND, AND WALES.</p>
-
-<p class="mt3 smaller">MANUFACTURERS OF AND ESTIMATES GIVEN FOR</p>
-
-<p class="center"><b>Book-Shelves and Book-Cases, Reading Tables, Counters,<br />
-Seats and Chairs, Newspaper Stands, Screens,<br />
-Librarians’ Tables, Periodical Racks,<br />
-And every description of Fittings for Public &amp; other Libraries.</b></p>
-
-<p class="center"><i>PLEASE APPLY FOR LIST OF NEW CARD CATALOGUE CABINET.</i></p>
-
-<p class="mt2"><span class="smcap">The following Libraries have been Fitted by Wake and Dean</span>:—</p>
-
-<table summary=" ">
- <tr>
- <td>ST. MARTIN-IN-THE-FIELDS</td>
- <td>LIBRARY,</td>
- <td>Trafalgar Square.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>CHRISTCHURCH</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Blackfriars.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>CAMBERWELL</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Peckham.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>CAMBERWELL</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Dulwich.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>HAMMERSMITH</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Hammersmith.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>PETERBOROUGH</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>BERMONDSEY</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Bermondsey.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>CHISWICK</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Acton Green.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>GOLDSMITHS’</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>New Cross.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>DURNING (Lambeth)</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Kennington.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>STOKE NEWINGTON</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Stoke Newington.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>WATFORD</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td>Watford.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>KENDAL</td>
- <td class="tdc">”</td>
- <td></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="3" class="tdc">AND MANY OTHERS.</td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p class="center"><i>Also all the Book-cases and Cupboards in the offices of the
-London School Board, and 300 Museums to the
-different Schools.</i></p>
-
-<p class="center">Catalogues and Special Designs on Application.</p>
-
-<p class="center"><b>ARCHITECTS’ DESIGNS CAREFULLY EXECUTED.</b></p>
-
-<p class="center">Sole Manufacturers of Mason’s Improved Book-holder.</p>
-
-<p class="center"><span class="larger"><b>WAKE &amp; DEAN</b>, Public Library Fitters,</span><br />
-<b>111 LONDON ROAD, LONDON, S.E.<br />
-<span class="smcap">Steam Factory, BATH STREET.</span></b></p>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HANDBOOK OF LIBRARY APPLIANCES ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away&#8212;you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c21efbd..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure1.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure1.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a619abd..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure1.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure10.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure10.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 73fabcf..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure10.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure11.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure11.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6253173..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure11.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure12.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure12.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a6cf38b..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure12.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure13-14.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure13-14.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d2e4ba5..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure13-14.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure15-16.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure15-16.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index af91b78..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure15-16.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure17.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure17.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dd347d..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure17.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure2.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure2.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4656fbf..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure2.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure3.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure3.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b495c9..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure3.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure4.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure4.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 438bb3e..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure4.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure5.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure5.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 15c5f6a..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure5.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure6.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure6.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 89e6bb5..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure6.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure7.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure7.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index eb436ed..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure7.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure8.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure8.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5fe6a97..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure8.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/figure9.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/figure9.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e9c167..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/figure9.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/inline1.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/inline1.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fd3217a..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/inline1.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/inline2.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/inline2.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a1ca26..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/inline2.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/inline3.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/inline3.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5533f3e..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/inline3.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/inline4.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/inline4.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 18c567b..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/inline4.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/inline5.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/inline5.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e315dd..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/inline5.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/inline6.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/inline6.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c54f2a6..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/inline6.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/remingtonad-1.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/remingtonad-1.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a2b7f7..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/remingtonad-1.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/remingtonad-2.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/remingtonad-2.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3855697..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/remingtonad-2.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/68130-h/images/wakeanddeanad.jpg b/old/68130-h/images/wakeanddeanad.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 54fadcb..0000000
--- a/old/68130-h/images/wakeanddeanad.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ